UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-12537

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

California

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

95-2888568

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

3525 Piedmont Rd., NE

Building 6, Suite 700

Atlanta, GA

(Address of principal executive offices)

30305

(Zip Code)

 

(404) 467-1500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value

NXGN

NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesNo

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit). Yes No No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

 

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 30, 2020: $704,935,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date of $12.74 per share)*

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock as of May 24, 2021 was 67,031,182 shares.

*     For purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement related to the 2021 Annual Shareholders' Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated.

 

 

 


 

 

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this “Form 10-K/A”) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of NextGen Healthcare, Inc. for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 26, 2021 (the “Original 10-K”) is being filed solely for the purpose of including the information required by Part III on Form 10-K. This information was previously omitted from the Original 10-K in reliance on General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, which permits the information in the above referenced items to be incorporated in the Form 10-K by reference from our definitive proxy statement if such statement is filed no later than 120 days after our fiscal year-end. We are filing this Amendment No. 1 to include Part III information in our Form 10-K because we will not file a definitive proxy statement containing such information within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the Original 10-K. In addition, this Form 10-K/A deletes the reference on the cover of the Original 10-K to the incorporation by reference of portions of our proxy statement into Part III of the Original 10-K.

Pursuant to Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), this Form 10-K/A also contains certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which are attached hereto. Because no financial statements have been included in this Form 10-K/A and this Form 10-K/A does not contain or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 and 30 of Regulation S-K, paragraphs 3,4, and 5 of the certifications have been omitted.

Except as described above, this Form 10-K/A does not modify or update disclosure in the Original 10-K. Furthermore, this Form 10-K/A does not change any previously reported financial results. Information not affected by this Form 10-K/A remains unchanged and reflects the disclosures made at the time the Original 10-K was filed.  



NextGen Healthcare Inc.

Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

Item

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

14

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

29

Item 2.

Properties

29

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

29

Item 4.

Mine and Safety Disclosures

29

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

30

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

30

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

31

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

46

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

46

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

46

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

47

Item 9B.

Other Information

47

 

PART III

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

48

1

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

48

6

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

48

30

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

48

32

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

48

37

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

49

38

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

49

39

 

 

Signatures

54

43

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

PART III

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTItem 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Report") and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements withinDirectors

As of July 28, 2021, the “safe harbor” provisionsmembers of the Private Securities Litigation Reform ActBoard of 1995. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Report, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “may,” and similar expressions also identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, discussionsDirectors (“Board”) of the impactCompany were:

Craig A. Barbarosh, age 53, is a director and has served as our Vice Chair of the COVID-19 pandemicBoard since November 2015 Currently he is the Chairman of the Board of Landec Corporation and measures takena director at Evolent Health, Inc., where he is a member of the Strategy and Compensation Committees, and Sabra Health Care REIT, Inc., where he is the Chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the Compensation Committee.  Mr. Barbarosh previously served on the Boards of Aratana Therapeutics, where he was the Chair of the Strategy Committee and a member of the Compensation Committee, Bazaarvoice, Inc., where he was a member of the Compensation Committee, and BioPharmX, Inc., where he was the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee and a member of the Audit and Compensation Committees.  Mr. Barbarosh also previously served as the Independent Board Observer for Payless Holdings, Inc. and as an independent director of Ruby Tuesday, Inc. Mr. Barbarosh is a partner at the international law firm of Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP, a position he has held since June 2012. Previously, Mr. Barbarosh was a partner of the international law firm of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.  He served in response thereto,several leadership positions while a partner at Pillsbury including serving on the firm’s Managing Board, as the Chair of the firm’s Board’s Strategy Committee, as a co-leader of the firm’s national Insolvency & Restructuring practice section and as the Managing Partner of the firm’s Orange County office. At Katten, Mr. Barbarosh served as a member of the firm’s Executive and Operating Committee from June 2012 through June 2016 and served on the firm’s Board of Directors for seven years. Mr. Barbarosh received a Juris Doctorate from the University of the Pacific, McGeorge School of Law in 1992, with distinction, and a Bachelor of Arts in Business Economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara in 1989. Mr. Barbarosh received certificates for completing executive education courses from the Whatron School of the University of Pennsylvania in Corporate Valuation (2019) and Harvard Business School in Private Equity and Venture Capital (2007), Financial Analysis for Business Evaluation (2010) and Effective Corporate Boards (2015). Mr. Barbarosh is also a frequent speaker and author on governance and restructuring topics. Mr. Barbarosh, as an experienced board director and attorney specializing in the area of financial and operational restructuring and related mergers and acquisitions, provides our Board with experienced guidance on governance and transactional matters involving our company.  Mr. Barbarosh has been a director since 2009.

George H. Bristol, age 72, is a director. Mr. Bristol is a Managing Director of Janas Associates, a corporate financial advisor, a position he has held since 2010. From August 2006 until March 2010 he served as Managing Director-Corporate Finance of Crowell Weedon & Co. From November 2002 until August 2006, he was a member and Chief Financial Officer of Vantis Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor which managed the Vantis hedge funds totaling over $1.4 billion. Prior to Vantis, he was an investment banker with several firms including Ernst & Young, Paine Webber, Prudential Securities and Dean Witter. He is a graduate of the University of Michigan and Harvard Business School. Mr. Bristol’s experience analyzing, evaluating and understanding financial statements in his various corporate finance positions provide our Board with insight from someone with direct responsibility for strategic and transactional financial matters. Mr. Bristol has been a director since 2008.

Julie D. Klapstein, age 66, is a director. Ms. Klapstein was the founding Chief Executive Officer of Availity, LLC, one of the nation’s largest health information networks optimizing the automated delivery of critical business and clinical information among healthcare stakeholders. Ms. Klapstein served as Availity’s Chief Executive Officer and board member from 2001 to 2011. She was the interim Chief Executive Officer at Medical Reimbursements of America, Inc., a private company, from February 2017 to June 2017. Ms. Klapstein’s more than thirty years of experience in the healthcare information technology industry include executive roles at Phycom, Inc. (President and Chief Executive Officer from 1996 to 2001), Sunquest Information Systems (Executive Vice President), Shared Medical Systems’ Turnkey Systems Division (now Siemens Medical Systems), and GTE Health Systems. Ms. Klapstein is a director of Amedisys Inc. (NASDAQ: AMED), where she serves on the Governance and Quality committees, and where she is chair of the Compensation committee; Oak Street Health (NYSE: OSH) where she serves on the Compliance committee and chair of the Compensation committee; and MultiPlan Corporation (NYSE: MPLN) where she serves on the Audit committee. She also currently serves on the board of directors for two private companies, including eSolutions, Inc., which specializes in revenue cycle management solutions, and Revecore, specializing in complex claims for hospitals. Ms. Klapstein previously was a director for two public companies, Annie’s Homegrown/Annies, Inc. from January 2012 to September 2014, where she served on the Governance, Compensation, and Audit committees, and Standard Register Inc. from April 2011 to November 2014, where she served on the Governance, Compensation, and Audit committees. She also has been a director for multiple private companies. Ms. Klapstein earned her bachelor’s degree from Portland State University in Portland, Oregon. Our Board has concluded that Ms. Klapstein should serve on our Board based on her extensive knowledge of the healthcare industry including healthcare information technology, relevant executive and management experience, and public company board experience. Ms. Klapstein has been a director since 2017.


James C. Malone, age 72, is a director. Mr. Malone has more than 35 years of financial leadership experience, having held the Chief Financial Officer position at several global healthcare companies.  Mr. Malone is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of XIFIN, Inc. a financial cloud computing company dedicated to optimizing the economics of healthcare, since February 2015 and resigned August 3, 2020 (following the resignation he is providing consulting services to XIFIN, Inc.). Mr. Malone served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of American Well Inc., a software technology and services company that brings healthcare into the homes and workplaces of patients, from September 2010 to January 2015. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Misys PLC, a multinational software company, from June 2007 to January 2009 and served as its Executive Vice President until January 2009. He joined Misys from The TriZetto Group, Inc., a provider of healthcare IT solutions and services to payers and providers, where he served as Chief Financial Officer from March 2004 to June 2007, Vice President of Finance from January 2004 until his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of Finance from January 2006 to June 2007, Senior Vice President of Finance from January 2004 until January 2006 and also served as its Principal Accounting Officer. Prior to this, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of IMS Health Inc., a provider of information, services and technology for the healthcare industry. He served as Senior Vice President and Controller of Cognizant Corporation from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Malone also held management positions at Dun & Bradstreet, Reuben H. Donnelley, and Siemens AG and served as audit manager at Price Waterhouse. He also served as an executive director of Misys PLC from June 2007 to January 2009 and served as director of Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (alternate name, Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc.), which provides practice management and electronic health record technology to healthcare providers, from October 2008 to January 2009. He also served as a director of Cognizant Technology Solutions, Inc. Mr. Malone received his BS in Accounting from St. Francis College in 1973 and attended Pace University for graduate work in tax. He received his Certified Public Accountant certification from the State of New York in 1975. Mr. Malone’s qualifications as a director include his experience as a Chief Financial Officer in the technology industry (including in the health care technology sector) and his experience as an executive officer and director of various companies. Mr. Malone has been a director since 2013.

Jeffrey H. Margolis, age 58, is a director and has served as the Chair of our Board since November 2015. Currently, Mr. Margolis is Chairman of Welltok, Inc., a data-driven, enterprise SaaS company that develops and delivers a consumer activation platform to the healthcare industry. Mr. Margolis served as Welltok’s CEO from April 2013 through April 2020. Mr. Margolis is Chairman Emeritus of TriZetto Corporation, a recognized leader of in the provision of health information technology for payers and providers and the originator of the industry-vertical SaaS model, where he served as the founding CEO beginning in 1997, served as Chairman and CEO until 2010 (publicly traded on NASDAQ from October 1999 - August 2008), and continued as Chairman until October 2011. Mr. Margolis also served as Senior Executive Advisor to the Oliver Wyman Health Innovation Center, an organization that identifies and disseminates ideas and best practices that aim to transform healthcare, during 2012 and 2013. From 1989 to 1997, Mr. Margolis served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of FHP International Corp. and its predecessors, a publicly-traded company that focused on the delivery of managed group and individual health care insurance and hospital and ambulatory-based clinical services along with a broad array of healthcare ancillary services. Earlier in his career, Mr. Margolis served in various positions with Andersen Consulting including his final position as Manager, Healthcare Consulting. Mr. Margolis currently serves on the board of directors of Alignment Healthcare, Inc. (NASDAQ: ALHC), a publicly-traded population health management company, TriNetX, Inc., a private, for-profit data and software-as-a-service entity that supports clinical trials, and Hydrogen Health Management Feeder, LLC. He has previously served on a variety of other for-profit boards. He also has served on a number of not-for-profit boards of directors. Mr. Margolis is currently a director of Hoag Hospital and Chair of the Hoag Clinic in Newport Beach, California. He is a member of the board of governors at Cedars-Sinai in Los Angeles, California and is on the Advisory Boards of the University of California at Irvine’s Center for Healthcare Management & Policy and Center for Digital Transformation. Mr. Margolis also serves as a Senior Advisor to Blackstone (NYSE: BX), one of the world’s largest investment firms. A published author of several books on the topics of healthcare information technology and systems, Mr. Margolis earned a bachelor’s degree in business administration/management information systems with high honors from the University of Illinois in 1984 and holds CPA certificates (currently inactive) in Colorado and Illinois. Mr. Margolis has been a director since 2014.

Morris Panner, age 58, is a director. Mr. Panner is a long tenured executive with expertise in both healthcare software companies, including SaaS capabilities, and the law. Currently, Mr. Panner is the Chief Executive Officer of Ambra Health (formerly DICOM Grid), a cloud-based healthcare software company that manages diagnostic imaging and related healthcare data. Prior to joining Ambra Health in September 2011, Mr. Panner was the Chief Executive Officer of Townflier, Inc. and related affiliates that provide group communications services, from May 2010 to August 2011. Previously, from April 2000 to May 2010, he was Chief Executive Officer of OpenAir, Inc., a SaaS project management company, which he led from start-up to its successful acquisition by NetSuite Inc., a provider of an integrated web-based business software suite, in 2008. Following the acquisition, Panner led the OpenAir division of NetSuite, during which time he oversaw the acquisition and integration of OpenAir’s nearest competitor, QuickArrow, Inc., as well as the expansion of OpenAir internationally. Mr. Panner served as a board member and as Chair of the Board of the Software Division of the Software and Information Industry Association. Mr. Panner is a lawyer who served as an Assistant United States Attorney, the Resident Legal Advisor in Bogota, Columbia for the U.S. Department of Justice and as the Principal, Deputy Chief of the Narcotics and Dangerous Drug Section of the U.S. Department of Justice. He served on the board of directors of Unanet Technologies, Inc., a software development


company specializing in services automation solutions for project-based companies.  He currently serves on the External Advisory Board for the Imaging Data Commons of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) at the National Institutes of Health (NIH), and on the board of Drug Strategies, a non-profit research institution on issues of drug addiction and treatment. Mr. Panner was previously a director of the Washington Office on Latin America, a not-for-profit organization, from 2003 to 2009. Mr. Panner graduated from Yale College with a BA in History in 1984 and from the Harvard Law School with a JD in 1988. Mr. Panner’s qualifications as a director include his executive experience at software companies, including at health care software companies, and his legal training. Mr. Panner has been a director since 2013.

Sheldon Razin, age 83, is a director and our productChair Emeritus. He is the founder of our Company and served as our Chair of the Board from our incorporation in 1974 until his retirement as Chair and his appointment as Chair Emeritus in November 2015. Throughout his tenure as our Chair, Mr. Razin has received several awards recognizing his service and contributions as a director. Mr. Razin’s honors at the national level include: winner in the Software Category of TechAmerica’s 52nd Annual Innovator Awards in 2010 and Chairman of the Year in the 2009 American Business Awards. He was also honored as a Director of the Year in Orange County’s 16th Annual Forum for Corporate Directors Awards in 2011, as the 2009 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in the Healthcare Category for the Orange County and Desert Cities region and as a Finalist at the national level, and with the Excellence in Entrepreneurship Award from the Orange County Business Journal in 2009. Mr. Razin served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1974 until April 2000. Since our incorporation until April 2000, he also served as our President, except for the period from August 1990 to August 1991. Additionally, Mr. Razin served as our Treasurer from our incorporation until October 1982. Prior to founding our Company, he held various technical and managerial positions with Rockwell International Corporation and was a founder of our predecessor, Quality Systems, a sole proprietorship engaged in the development plans,of software for commercial and space applications and in management consulting work. Mr. Razin is also a co-founder and board chairman of SurePrep, LLC, a tax technology and service company. In addition, he is the board chairman and a member of the compensation committee of LoanBeam, a company spun-off from SurePrep, LLC that automates loan processing. Mr. Razin holds a B.S. degree in Mathematics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Razin, as our founder, brings valuable knowledge to our Board regarding our history, operations, technology and marketplace. As evidenced by his awards, he has been and continues to be a technology and healthcare visionary as well as an outstanding entrepreneur whose insights and guidance are invaluable to our Company. Mr. Razin has been a director since 1974.

Lance E. Rosenzweig, age 58, is a director. Mr. Rosenzweig currently serves as President, CEO and a director of Support.com (NASDAQ: SPRT) and has been a director and Chair of the Board of Boingo Wireless (NASDAQ: WIFI) up until its successful acquisition by Digital Colony in 2021. From 2018 to 2020, Mr. Rosenzweig served as CEO of Startek (NYSE: SRT), a global business strategies, futureprocess outsourcing company with over 45,000 employees.  From 2015 through 2016, Mr. Rosenzweig served as Operating Executive of Marlin Operations Group, which works with Marlin Equity Partners, a global investment firm with over $7.4 billion capital under management.  At Marlin, Mr. Rosenzweig served as Chairman and CEO of Domo Tactical Communications, and as Chairman of two other portfolio companies. Mr. Rosenzweig served as Chief Executive Officer and President, Global Markets for Aegis USA, a leading business process outsourcing company with over 18,000 employees that services major corporations in the healthcare, financial services and other industries, from 2013 through the company’s sale to Teleperformance for $610 million in 2014. Mr. Rosenzweig served as founder and Chief Executive Officer of LibertadCard, a provider of pre-paid debit and remit cards, from 2010 through 2013. Mr. Rosenzweig has also co-founded and served as Chair of the Board of PeopleSupport, a business process outsourcing company with over 8,000 employees and operations financial conditionin the US, the Philippines and prospects, developmentsCosta Rica, since its inception in 1998, and as PeopleSupport’s Chief Executive Officer from 2002 through the company’s sale in 2008 for $250 million. Under Mr. Rosenzweig’s leadership as CEO, PeopleSupport went public in an IPO, was ranked by Fortune as the 9th fastest growing small public company in the U.S. and was named employer of the year in the Philippines. Earlier in his career, Mr. Rosenzweig had a variety of leadership roles in operations, finance and investment banking. Mr. Rosenzweig has a BS in Industrial Engineering and an MBA with honors every term, both from Northwestern University. Mr. Rosenzweig brings significant experience as a successful public company CEO and board director of technology companies with domestic and global operations. Mr. Rosenzweig has been a director since 2012.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

James R. Arnold, Jr., age 65, was appointed our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in March of 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Arnold served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Board member of Kofax Ltd., a publicly traded software company, from June 2010 to May 2015, where Mr. Arnold participated in and facilitated the impactsstrategic process that resulted in the sale of Kofax Ltd.’s enterprise software division. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Arnold was Senior Vice President at Nuance Communications, Inc., a publicly traded software company, where he also served as Chief Financial Officer from 2004 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Arnold held numerous other senior-level finance positions at technology companies, to include roles as Vice President Corporate Controller at Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Chief Financial Officer at Informix Software, Inc., and Corporate Controller at Centura Software Corporation. Additionally, from 2003 to 2010 he served as a director and chair of the audit committee at Selectica, Inc., where he also was co-chairman of the board in 2010. Earlier in his career, Mr. Arnold provided consulting and auditing services to companies in diverse industries while at Price Waterhouse LLP. Mr. Arnold holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance from Delta State University in Cleveland, Mississippi, and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from Loyola University in New Orleans, Louisiana.


David A. Metcalfe, age 58, was appointed our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer in February 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Metcalfe served as Vice President of R&D at Becton, Dickinson & Company, a leading worldwide medical technology company, from March 2015 to January 2016. Previously, Mr. Metcalfe was Vice President of Product Development at CareFusion Corp., a global medical technology company servicing the critical care market, from September 2012 to March 2015, at which time CareFusion was acquired by Becton, Dickinson & Company. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Metcalfe was Vice President of Development for Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, a provider of healthcare information technology solutions. Earlier in his career, Mr. Metcalfe held numerous other senior-level development positions at technology companies. Mr. Metcalfe holds a Bachelor of Science in Instrumentation and Control Engineering from Teesside University in Middlesbrough, England.

Jeffrey D. Linton, age 58, became our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in December of 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Linton served as General Counsel and Secretary of Applied Proteomics, Inc. from November 2016 to November 2017.  Previously, Mr. Linton was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Sequenom, Inc. from September 2014 to October 2016.  Before joining Sequenom, Mr. Linton was Senior Vice President and General Counsel at Beckman Coulter, Inc. from July 2011 to September 2014 and, prior to that, was Vice President, Deputy General Counsel from September 2008 to July 2011. Before joining Beckman Coulter, Mr. Linton was President of the research products and services division of Serologicals Corporation, a company that developed, manufactured and sold life science research products and technologies, diagnostic kits and drug discovery services. Before that role, he served as Vice President, Law, Corporate Business Development and Public Affairs at Serologicals from October 2000 to April 2003. He has held various other positions in law, government regulation and legislation,public affairs and market factors influencinghuman resources. Mr. Linton earned a B.A., magna cum laude, from Butler University and a J.D., cum laude, from the University of Notre Dame Law School.  He is a member of the Board of Directors of the Notre Dame Law Association.

Srinivas S. Velamoor, age 46, became our results. Our expectations, beliefs, objectives, intentionsChief Growth & Strategy Officer and strategies regardingExecutive Vice President, in July 2021.  Mr. Velamoor brings two decades of experience in driving growth and performance at leading global healthcare, financial services and technology organizations.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Velamoor served as a partner and the health sector leader of McKinsey & Company’s North America digital analytics and ‘Leap’ business building practices. Over a decade at McKinsey, he orchestrated the growth and scale-up of the firm’s healthcare technology and digital health practices and led the creation, scaling and commercial acceleration of several new digital health businesses. Before joining McKinsey & Company, Velamoor was a principal at both PricewaterhouseCoopers and Diamond Management & Technology Consultants, where he advised industry leading firms in financial services and healthcare. Mr. Velamoor received an MBA in Finance from The Wharton School at The University of Pennsylvania, and a BSE in Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Economics from Duke University.

Donna Greene, age 58, has been the Executive Vice President of Human Resources at the Company since December 2017. She joined the Company in 2011 as the Senior Director of Human Resources and served in that role until 2012. Greene also served as the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources from 2012 to 2013 and Senior Vice President of Human Resources from 2013 to 2017. Prior to her employment with the Company, Ms. Greene was the corporate director of Human Resources for Alliance Healthcare Services from 2007 to 2011. She graduated with a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles in 1984, and an advanced certification in Human Resources and Business Leadership from the University of California, Irvine in 2011.

Mitchell L. Waters, age 56, became our future resultsExecutive Vice President of Commercial Growth in January 2021. Mr. Waters joined the Company in December 2016 as the Senior Vice President, Sales, and served in that role until 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Waters spent 28 years at McKesson Corporation in leadership roles within the technology, automation and pharmaceutical business units. While employed full-time at McKesson, Mr. Waters earned a Master of Business Administration from Auburn University. Mr. Waters earned his B.S. in Industrial Management from Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia.

Lonnie Allen Plunk, age 50, became our Executive Vice President, Operations, in January 2021. Mr. Plunk joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Managed Services, in March 2017 and served in that role until 2021. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Plunk served as the Chief Operating Officer and other executive roles for Optum360 for six years after the Company acquired CareMedic Systems in 2009. Mr. Plunk previously served as CareMedic’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Plunk began his career with Coopers & Lybrand, followed by various financial and operations leadership roles in start-up and venture-backed technology companies.

Delinquent Section 16(A) Reports

Under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our directors and executive officers and any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of our outstanding common stock (“reporting persons”) are not guaranteesrequired to report their initial beneficial ownership of future performanceour common stock and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the SEC and Nasdaq. Reporting persons are subjectrequired by SEC regulations to risks and uncertainties, both foreseen and unforeseen,furnish to us copies of all reports they file in accordance with Section 16(a). Based solely upon our review of the copies of such reports received by us, or written representations from certain reporting persons that could cause actual results to differ materially from results contemplated in our forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limitedno other reports were required, we believe that during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our abilityreporting persons were met.


Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or code of ethics, that applies to continueour Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer), Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer), as well as all directors, officers and employees of the Company. Our code of ethics is posted on our internet website located at www.nextgen.com and may be found as follows: From our main web page, click on “NXGN Investors”, then click on “Corporate Governance.” We intend to develop new productssatisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and increase systems saleslocation specified above.

Audit Committee

Our Board has an Audit Committee, established in markets characterizedaccordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), that consists of Messrs. Bristol (Chair) and Rosenzweig and, effective July 29, 2020, Ms. Klapstein. Prior to Ms. Klapstein’s appointment, the Audit Committee was comprised of Messrs. Bristol (Chair), Malone and Rosenzweig. Mr. Malone resigned from the Audit and Compensation Committees of the Company’s Board on July 29, 2020 because Mr. Malone does not qualify as an “Independent Director” under The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) Rule 5605(a)(2)(F) due to his son’s promotion to partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). PwC serves as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Our Audit Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors under SEC and Nasdaq rules and operates under a written charter adopted by rapid technological evolution, consolidation, and competition from larger, better-capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could affect our ability to achieveBoard. The duties of our goals, and interested persons are urgedAudit Committee include meeting with our independent public accountants to review the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors”scope of this Report, as well as inthe annual audit and to review our otherquarterly and annual financial statements before the statements are released to our shareholders. Our Audit Committee also evaluates the independent public disclosures and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Because of these risk factors, as well as other variables affecting our financial condition and results of operations, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of futureaccountants’ performance and historical trendsdetermines whether the independent registered public accounting firm should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue relianceretained by us for the ensuing fiscal year. In addition, our Audit Committee reviews our internal accounting and financial controls and reporting systems practices and is responsible for reviewing, approving and ratifying all related party transactions. Our Audit Committee also exercises primary oversight, on forward-looking statements, which speak only asbehalf of the dateBoard, over management’s execution of the filing of this Report. EachCompany’s cybersecurity and data privacy function.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, our Audit Committee held four (4) meetings. Our Audit Committee's current charter is posted on our internet website at www.nextgen.com. Our Audit Committee and our Board have confirmed that our Audit Committee does and will continue to include at least three independent members. Our Audit Committee and our Board have confirmed that Mr. Bristol met applicable Nasdaq listing standards for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as set forth in Rule 5605 of the terms “NextGen Healthcare,” “NextGen,” “we,” “us,” “our,”Nasdaq listing standards.


Item 11. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND RELATED INFORMATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis section describes our executive compensation program for all of our named executive officers, or the “Company”NEOs”, for our fiscal year 2021 (which began on April 1, 2020 and ended on March 31, 2021). These four individuals were our executive officers and NEOs during fiscal year 2021.

John R. “Rusty” Frantz – Former President and Chief Executive Officer*

James R. Arnold – Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David A. Metcalfe – Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Jeffrey D. Linton – Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

* Effective June 18, 2021, Mr. Frantz ceased serving as used throughout this Report refers collectively to our President and Chief Executive Officer and resigned as a member of our Board.

Executive Summary

NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated.

3


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Company Overview

NextGen Healthcare is a leading provider of software and services that empower ambulatory healthcare practices to manage the risk and complexity of delivering care in the rapidly evolving U.S. healthcare system. Our combination of technological breadth, depth and domain expertise makes us a preferred solution provider and trusted advisor for our clients. In addition to highly configurable core clinical, practice management and financial capabilities, our portfolio includes tightly integrated solutions that deliver on ambulatory healthcare imperatives including: population health, care management, patient outreach, managed services, telemedicine and nationwide clinical information exchange.

We serve clients across all 50 states. Over 100,000 providers use NextGen Healthcare solutions to deliver care in nearly every medical specialty incompete for executive talent with a wide varietybroad range of practice models including accountable care organizations (“ACOs”), independent physician associations (“IPAs”), managed service organizations (“MSOs”), Veterans Service Organizations (“VSOs”), and Dental Service Organizations (“DSOs”). Our clients include some of the largest and most progressive multi-specialty groupscompanies that are leaders in the country. With the addition of behavioral health to our medical and oral health capabilities, we continue to extend our share not only in Federally Qualified Health Centers (“FQHCs”), but also in the growing integrated care market.

NextGen Healthcare has historically enhanced our offering through both organic and inorganic activities. In October 2015, we divested our former Hospital Solutions division to focus exclusively on the ambulatory marketplace. In January 2016, we acquired HealthFusion Holdings, Inc. and its cloud-based electronic health record and practice management solution. In April 2017, we acquired Entrada, Inc. and its cloud-based, mobile platform for clinical documentation and collaboration. In August 2017, we acquired EagleDream Health, Inc. and its cloud-based population health analytics solution. In January 2018, we acquired Inforth Technologies for its specialty-focused clinical content. In October 2019, we acquired Topaz Information Systems, LLC for its behavioral health solutions. In December 2019, we acquired Medfusion, Inc. for its Patient Experience Platform (i.e., patient portal, self-scheduling, and patient pay) capabilities and OTTO Health, LLC for its integrated virtual care solutions, notably telemedicine. The integration of these acquired technologies has made NextGen Healthcare’s solutions among the most comprehensive in the market.

Our company was incorporated in California in 1974. Previously named Quality Systems, Inc., we changed our corporate name to NextGen Healthcare, Inc. in September 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 3525 Piedmont Rd., NE, Building 6, Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia, and our principal website is www.nextgen.com. We operate on a fiscal year ending on March 31.

Industry and Regulatory Background, Market Opportunity, and Trends

Over the last decade, the ambulatory healthcare market has experienced significant regulatory change, which has driven the need for improved technology to enable practice transformation. Recognizing it was imperative to digitize the U.S. health system to stem the escalating cost of healthcare and improve the quality of care being delivered, Congress enacted the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act in 2009 (“HITECH Act”). The legislation stimulated healthcare organizations to not only adopt electronic health records, but to use them to collect discrete data that could be used to drive quality care. This standardization supported early pay-for-reporting and pay-for-performance programs.

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) established the roadmap for shifting American healthcare from volume (fee-for-service) to a value-based care (“VBC”) system that rewards improved outcomes at lower costs (fee-for-value). This was followed by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), bipartisan legislation that further changed the way Medicare rewards clinicians for value vs. volume. Initially focused on government-funded care, the domain of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), these programs are now firmly established on the commercial insurance side of the industry as well.

Importantly, the introduction of VBC programs was only an element of the broader approach to reducing healthcare expenditure. The drive to reduce costs initially led to consolidation in the healthcare system that was followed by a significant shift of care from the inpatient to lower cost outpatient setting. Among other factors, consumerism is set to play a major role in driving volume increases outside of the hospital. In addition, providers continue to seek new tools and means to connect with patients in new ways. Patients are expecting care to be personalized and tailored to their preferences and are seeking much greater transparency about the costs for visits, medications, and procedures as well as improved convenience and access to care. Along with the continued expansion of telehealth, there will be growth in technologies which facilitate the digital connection between patient and provider.

The need to sustain revenue has made it extremely important for practices to secure their patient market share, elevating patient loyalty to a significant determinant of provider success. In addition to being loyal, groups participating in value-based contracts realized that patients also needed to be engaged in their care and interested in improving their own health. The need to attract, retain and engage patients has made patient experience one of the most important aspects of evolving care delivery in the United States. Capturing patient market share and thriving in a market driven by VBC requires both an integrated platform and a full view of the patient population’s clinical and cost data, neither of which could be accomplished without new technologies to collect and analyze multi-sourced patient data. Effectively implemented, these new technologies allow

4


Table of Contents

organizations to enhance financial viability while exercising the freedom to join, affiliate, integrate or interoperate in ways that maximize strategic control.

Although the HITECH Act led to the meaningful adoption of electronic health records, many in the healthcare industry were dissatisfied with the level of exchange of health information between different providers and across different software platforms. With the passing of the MACRA law in 2015, the U.S. Congress declared it a national objective to achieve widespread exchange of health information through interoperable certified electronic health records (“EHR") technology. Then, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act (“Cures Act”) was passed and signed into law. Among many other policies, the law includes numerous provisions intended to encourage nationwide interoperability.

In January 2020, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) officially declared that a public health emergency (“PHE”) existed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Then, in March and April 2020, HHS issued a series of rules and orders to offer healthcare providers flexibility or waivers from certain regulatory requirements during the PHE.  

Among other changes, HHS and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) eliminated the patient geographic and originating site restrictions for Medicare telehealth services that outside of the PHE restrict the services to patients in rural geographic areas who are physically present at a healthcare facility at the time of service.  Other flexibilities authorized CMS to reimburse telehealth visits at the same payment rates as in-person office visits during the PHE.  State Medicaid programs and commercial insurers instituted similar policies to promote virtual visits as an alternative to in-person care during the pandemic.  

Now, looking beyond the eventual end of the PHE, Congress is considering legislation that would make some of these temporary telehealth policies permanent. In April 2021, bipartisan legislation was introduced in both the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate that would permanently expand Medicare’s telehealth services program to all geographies and allow patients to receive services from their homes.

In March 2020, the HHS Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (“ONC”) released a final regulation which implements the key interoperability provisions included in the Cures Act. The rule calls on developers of certified EHRs to adopt standardized application programming interfaces (“APIs”) and to meet a list of other new certification and maintenance of certification requirements in order to retain approved federal government certification status.

The ONC rule also implements the information blocking provisions of the Cures Act, including identifying reasonable and necessary activities that do not constitute information blocking. Under the Cures Act, HHS has the regulatory authority to investigate and assess civil monetary penalties of up to $1,000,000 against certified HIT developers found to be in violation of “information blocking.”

The $2.2 trillion Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act”) was signed into law in late March 2020.  While this law created the “Paycheck Protection Program” for small businesses, which would include many physician groups, the CARES Act also increased funding for the Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund by $127 billion, with $100 billion of that earmarked to reimburse eligible hospitals and healthcare providers for healthcare-related expenses or lost revenues not otherwise reimbursed that are directly attributable to COVID-19. The law also provided $1.32 billion in supplemental funding to community health centers.

The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was passed by Congress and signed into law in December 2020. This $2.3 trillion legislative package combines the $1.4 trillion fiscal year 2021 appropriations bills with a $900 billion coronavirus aid package. The law adds $3 billion in additional funding for HHS’s Provider Relief Fund, which was established by the CARES Act (March 2020) and previously funded with $175 billion to reimburse providers for healthcare related expenses and lost revenue attributable to the pandemic. The law also provides a three-year extension (federal fiscal years 2021, 2022, 2023) of federal grant funding for community health centers and provides $4.25 billion in supplemental grant funding for substance abuse disorder, mental health, and behavioral health programs run by HHS’s Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (“SAMHSA”).  Support for telehealth services was included through provisions that permanently remove Medicare’s patient geographic and site limitations and an appropriation of $250 million for the Federal Communications Commission’s (“FCC’s”) COVID-19 Telehealth Program, which grants non-profit healthcare providers financial support to implement telehealth solutions.

In March 2021, President Joe Biden signed into law the $1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan Act. This legislation includes additional coronavirus-related relief measures and is the latest in a series of pandemic-related aid legislation enacted since March 2020. Among other provisions, this law provides $7.6 billion in supplemental federal grant funding for FQHCs. As a comparison, the CARES Act provided $1.3 billion in supplemental federal grant funding for FQHCs. In addition, this law provides $3.5 billion in funding for block grant programs that address mental health and substance use disorders and are administered by HHS’s SAMHSA.  

The new regulations will require significant compliance efforts for not only HIT companies, networks, and exchanges, but also for healthcare providers. However, the Cures Act also creates opportunities for improving care delivery and outcomes through increased data exchange between providers and easier patient access to their own health information. Key to unlocking these benefits is the introduction of new Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (“FHIR”) standards, which ONC requires certified HIT companies to adopt through APIs. Meanwhile, CMS is requiring hospitals to provide electronic admission, discharge and transfer notification to other healthcare facilities, providers and designated care team members. All healthcare providers are required to comply with the information blocking rules as of the initial April 5, 2021 compliance date.  As of December 31, 2022, providers participating in federal programs that require the use of certified HIT will need to use the new “2015 Edition

5


Table of Contents

Cures Update” certified version of EHR software to comply with the Cures Act certification requirements. Through enhanced interoperability functionality and standardized APIs, the Spring ‘21 release of NextGen® Enterprise will help healthcare providers meet these dual mandates included in the Cures Act.

Refer also to the discussion of regulatory risks within “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for governmental regulations and policies that may affect our business.

Through the expansion of our NextGen® Share interoperability services platform and API partner marketplace, we will address the increased demand for moving and sharing patient data from the EHR easily, quickly and securely. Interoperability improves patient experience and care coordination, enhances patient safety, and reduces costs. We are also expanding resources such as educational webinars, blogs and videos on interoperability to help educate and support healthcare providers.

In recent years, there has been incremental investment to improve the delivery of behavioral healthcare. One of the central drivers of this investment has been the opioid epidemic which claims more than 80,000 lives a year in the United States. The integrated care model prevalent in FQHCs, a model which calls for integration of behavioral health and primary care in single care settings, has also gained momentum. Both behavioral health and the integrated care workflows require broad, purpose built, tailored HIT capabilities, many of which are supported by the NextGen Healthcare platform. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, ambulatory practices have come to appreciate the importance of business continuity, particularly in administrative business functions which are non-core to medical care and may turn to NextGen Healthcare more often for managed services.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In late 2019, the emergence of a novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, was reported and in January 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”), declared it a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. In March 2020, the WHO escalated COVID-19 as a pandemic. We proactively responded to the pandemic by creating an executive task force to monitor the COVID-19 situation daily and immediately restricted non-essential travel and migrated to a fully remote workforce while maintaining complete operational effectiveness.

The need to access care while still social distancing was addressed early on with the limited use of telemedicine (also known as virtual visits) and was energized when the federal government reduced regulatory barriers and addressed payment parity between virtual and in-person visits. With these tailwinds, telemedicine quickly became regarded as a safer way for patients and providers to engage each other while also relieving economic pressure on the medical practice. We believe that the uptake of telemedicine will transcend COVID-19 and that virtual visits will become a permanent and important change in the way care is delivered. Keeping patients out of the transit system, out of the waiting room and away from other sick patients is simply good medicine.

Since the mid-March 2020 timing of government orders to shelter in place and restrict non-essential medical services, the COVID-19 pandemic caused declines in patient volume. This negatively impacted our revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, most notably for purchases of software and hardware. The impact of the disruption also impacted the first half of fiscal 2021, primarily in managed services and EDI, which are volume driven. During this challenging and uncertain period, we made some important decisions, including cost reduction activities with a primary goal of preserving cash and protecting the employee base. Most of these cost reductions were temporary as we believed that preserving our employee base, organizational momentum, and robust capabilities was the right decision for the Company and our shareholders. As the impact of the pandemic and related restrictive measures began to subside in the second half of fiscal 2021, patient volume has returned to close to pre-pandemic levels, and thus revenue returned to more normal levels. At present, we are conducting business as usual with certain modifications to employee travel, employee work locations, and marketing events, among other modifications. We continue to monitor the broader implications of the global COVID-19 pandemic and may take further actions that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and shareholders.

Our Strategy

We empower the transformation of ambulatory care by delivering solutions that enable groups to be successful under all models of care, including emerging value-based care models that include down-side risk. We primarily serve organizations that provide care in an ambulatory setting and do so across diverse practice sizes, specialties, and business models.  Furthermore, we support the advances in integrated care that focuses on the whole person. Our platform is uniquely positioned to successfully enable our clients to expand access to care, enhance the coordination and management of care, and optimize patient outcomes through an integrated medical record that extends across their medical, mental, and oral health and care needs.

Effective and frictionless interoperability is essential to all models of care. Our experience powering many of the nation’s Health Information Exchanges (“HIE’s”) places us in a unique position to enable our clients to leverage this technology to lower the cost of care and improve the patient and provider experience by providing an integrated community patient record.

Patient experience is directly correlated to patient engagement and an engaged patient is a key to positive outcomes. Today’s patient is also an active consumer of their healthcare, each searching for the best experience. Our platform enables our clients to create a personalized care experience that enhances trust and drives patient loyalty.

6


Table of Contents

Our longstanding success in the ambulatory market has enabled us to build significant expertise across many relevant disciples that are clients actively request. We partner with our clients to operate and optimize their IT systems and operations, enhance revenue cycle processes, service line expansion and operations, as well as advise on long-term strategy.

As one of the leading healthcare information technology players in the U.S. ambulatory marketplace, we plan to continue investing in our current capabilities as well as building and/or acquiring new capabilities as we guide our clients through the market’s transformation. We expect to continue to empower the transformation of care through the following strategic priorities:industries. Our compensation program is intended to:

 

Be a learning organizationalign management’s interests with the interests of our clients and transform ahead of the industryshareholders;

 

Be a trusted advisor for our customers and prospectsreward strong Company financial performance;

 

Deliver breadth, depthprovide responsible and configurability to enable our clients to effectively execute their strategies

Use automation to drive unwanted variability and cost from our clients’ operations

Drive real innovation in patient experience and patient-provider interactions

Help our clients be recognized as interoperability leaders in their regions and areas of specialty

Integrate new capabilities (whether organic or inorganic) more quickly and successfully than others.

Our Solutions

NextGen Healthcare’s software and services-based solutions are aligned with our clients’ strategic imperatives (refer to top row in the image below). The foundation for our integrated ambulatory care platform is a core of our industry-leading electronic health records (“EHR”) and practice management (“PM”) systems that support clinical and financial activities. These can be deployed on premise or in the cloud. Our primary cloud infrastructure provider is Amazon Web Services (“AWS”). We optimize the core with an automation and workflow layer that gives our clients control over how platform capabilities are implemented to drive their desired outcomes. The workflow layer includes mobile capabilities proven to reduce physician burden. Our cloud-based population health and analytics engine allows our clients to improve results in both fee-for-service and fee-for-value environments. In support of extensibility, we surround the core with open, web-based APIs to drive the secure exchange of health and patient data with connected health solutions. Finally, to ensure our clients get maximum value from our solutions, we have augmented our technology with key services aligned with their needs, helping to ensure they reach their organizational goals.  

7


Table of Contents

Patient Engagement Solutions boost loyalty and improve outcomes by engaging patients in their own care. Our Patient Experience Platform empowers patients to manage their own health through direct patient-provider messaging, online scheduling, automated reminders, easy payment options, and virtual visits. The ability of patients to handle their own scheduling and billing frees provider staff, restoring valuable time.

NextGen® PxP Portal – Drives patient engagement and satisfaction with easy, intuitive, 24/7 access to payments, scheduling, complete personal health information, and communication. It facilitates and simplifies comprehensive information exchange, offering anytime, anywhere access from PCs, tablets, and smart phones.

NextGen® Patient Self Scheduling – A fully-integrated self-scheduling application that empowers patients to schedule the visit that works best for them with configurations that allow the practice to control virtually every facet of that interaction from visit-specific screening questions to provider-specific scheduling preferences. 

NextGen® Pay – Allows patients one integrated solution that delivers an integrated point of sale, credit card on file, automated payment collection, online and mobile compatible automated phone pay and kiosk payments.

NextGen Virtual Visits™ – Delivers a tightly integrated, bi-directional telehealth experience that allows patients to have a virtual visit with their own provider’s care team. The solution allows for screen-sharing, document passing, in-visit chat, one-touch access to interpretive services, and a "no-login" experience for patients. 

Clinical Care Solutions improve the quality and efficiency of care deliveryas well as the patient and provider experience. They significantly ease the administrative burden and enable the delivery of high quality, personalized care. Providers can automate patient intake, streamline clinical workflows, and leverage vendor-agnostic interoperability to achieve quality measures and qualify for incentives.

NextGen® Enterprise EHR – Our electronic health records solution stores and maintains clinical patient information and offers a workflow module, prescription management, automatic document and letter generation, patient education, referral tracking, interfaces to billing and lab systems, physician alerts and reminders, and reporting and data analysis tools. Recognized as the #1 Electronic Medical Record (EMR) (11-75 Physicians) in the 2021 Best in KLAS Report.

NextGen® Mobile – Enables physicians and other caregivers to quickly and easily create relevant documentation within the EHR without sacrificing productivity. A true EHR mobile experience, the platform provides a fast, easy way for caregivers to view and share real-time clinical content and complete key tasks directly from their mobile device.

NextGen® Office– A cloud-based EHR and PM solution for physicians and medical billing services designed to meet the specific needs of smaller practices.

NextGen® Behavioral Health Suite – This platform integrates comprehensive physical, behavioral, and oral health in one software solution. This solution includes packet navigation, content for residential treatment programs, and electronic medication administration record (eMAR) and bed board solutions. Supported by a team of subject matter experts, this solution also provides automation, effortless interoperability, and analytics-driven medical and behavioral health workflows.  

NextGen® Orthopedic Suite – This offering supports orthopedic providers with tools, capabilities, and comprehensive ortho-specific clinical content that’s configurable to individual treatment preferences. The solution also includes point-and-click documentation of injury, exams, goals, treatments, and plans with image-enabled integrated PACS.

QSIDental Web® and QSIDental PM® – Provides dental group practices with secure and scalable, cloud-based clinical and practice management solutions. Clinical features include ePrescribing, mobile access to schedules, charts and patient demographics, template clinical notes, perio charting and referral management. Practice management solutions offer online patient registration, electronic claims submission and multiple-office appointment scheduling from any location.

Financial Management Solutions are comprised of software and provides key analytics that allow clients to drive healthy, predictable financial outcomes. More than just billing and collection services, financial management involves all functions that effectively capture revenue at the lowest cost,while providing an efficient experience for the patient. Financial management solutions help practices improve performance and correct operational inefficiencies, while enhancing the practice’s financial outcomes throughout the revenue cycle.

NextGen® Enterprise PM – Our practice management offering is a seamlessly integrated, scalable, multi-module solution that includes a master patient index, enterprise-wide appointment scheduling with referral tracking, and clinical support. It was recognized as the #1 Practice Management Solution (11-75 Physicians) for three consecutive years - 2019, 2020 and 2021 Best in KLAS Report.

NextGen® Clearinghouse Solutions – Automates the exchange of electronic data among providers, payers and patients. Included in this offering are insurance eligibility, authorizations, electronic claims, remittance, patient appointment reminders, and electronic statements.

8


Table of Contents

Population Health Solutions enable our clients’ practices to focus their clinical workforce on the patients with the greatest need. We do this by providing a single source of truth by aggregating disparate data, including vendor-agnostic clinical data with paid claims data. Sophisticated analytics are applied to this data to generate insights that enable practices to improve the quality of care, identify high risk patients who require enriched services, and coordinate the care of patients with chronic conditions. Cost and utilization analytics allow practices to successfully participate in risk-bearing contracts by providing timely insights into areas of over-utilization, under-utilization and mis-utilization of healthcare resources.

NextGen® Population Health Core – Delivers robust capabilities for core population health insights using integrated clinical and claims data to support both broad and deep analysis for populations of interest (attribute visualization, risk stratification, gaps in care, etc.).

NextGen® Population Health Value Management – Supports proactive value-based contract management including in-network utilization management network design (geospatial view of network), clinical variation analysis, and a wide range of resource utilization metrics.

NextGen® Population Health Patient Care Management – Enables scalable management of care and payment reform initiatives driven by collaborative care and workflow automation. Stratifies risk and prioritizes resources. The platform provides a dynamic patient specific care plan builder as well as a longitudinal care management record, and dedicated care management future reminder and tasking tools. A unique feature of our offering includes analytics driven patient outreach facilitating care coordinators’ ability to automate communications with patients based on quality initiatives and value-based contract commitments.

Connected Health Solutions enable better care by ensuring the patient and provider are making decisions based on the patient’s full medical record. Interoperability is the ability of different information technology systems to communicate and exchange usable data. In healthcare, it enables caregivers to more effectively work together within and across organizational boundaries, and informed patients to be better equipped to collaborate on their own care. To provide the highest quality care at the lowest cost, organizationsmust capture and share information both within and across organizational boundaries outside their networks. In addition, interoperability must be frictionless and easy to implement or the opportunity to inform patient care will be missed. Our integrated, interoperable solutions and services enable providers to leverage their current technology for better outcomes and truly connected patient care.

NextGen® Connect Integration Engine – Enables patient data from disparate systems to be easily and securely shared, aggregated, and put to work, regardless of EHR, PM, or other HIT platform or location.

NextGen® Share – A broad and expanding suite of plug-and-play interoperability solutions which help NextGen® Enterprise EHR users safely and securely exchange clinical content with external providers and organizations. The platform includes support for secure direct messaging with more than 1.2 million providers and organizations, care quality integration to enable automated data exchange on behalf of nearly 240 million patients, and clinical data exchange interfaces with payers.

NextGen® Health Data Hub (HDH) – Afully redesigned data aggregation platform to meet the expanding market demand for robust data sharing, aggregation, and community access. HDH was built from the ground-up to provide comprehensive, continuous access to aggregated patient health data on a robust, reliable, platform that will enable system-wide connectivity, and support the growing enterprise data management needs for HIEs, hospitals and large ambulatory practices.

NextGen Healthcare provides real-world solutions to our clients to help them achieve their strategic objectives. Often, but not always, those software solutions are augmented with key services. Through these services we enable clients to perform better financially and focus on their primary mission of providing efficient and high-quality patient care. We believe COVID-19 will increase client appetite to outsource non-core services and that NextGen Healthcare is well-positioned to be their partner in these areas.

Managed Services

NextGen® Managed Cloud Services – Our scalable, cloud hosting services reduce the burden of information technology expertise from our clients and speed implementations, simplify upgrades, cut technology costs significantly and provide 24/7 monitoring and support by a broad and constantly expanding team of technical experts

NextGen® Revenue Cycle Management Services – Includes billing and collections, electronic claims submission and denials management, electronic remittance and payment posting and accounts receivable follow-up. Our dedicated account management model helps make NextGen Healthcare a top-performing provider of RCMS as reported in the 2020 KLAS Ambulatory RCM Services Report.

Professional Services – Services include training, project management, functional and detailed specification preparation, configuration, testing, and installation services. Our consulting services, which include physician, professional, and technical consulting, assisting clients to optimize their staffing and software solutions, enhance financial and clinical outcomes, achieve regulatory requirements in the drive to value-based care, and meet the evolving requirements of healthcare reform.

9


Table of Contents

Client Service and Support – Our technical services staff provides support for the dependable and timely resolution of technical inquiries from clients. Such inquiries are made via telephone, email and the internet. We offer several levels of support, with the most comprehensive service covering 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

Proprietary Rights

We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, and contractual restrictions to establish and protect proprietary rights in our products and services. To protect our proprietary rights, we enter into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees with whom such controls are relevant. In addition, we include intellectual property protective provisions in our client and other third-party contracts and control access to software, documentation and other proprietary information. However, because the software industry is characterized by rapid technological change, we believe such factors as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, new product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition, and reliable product maintenance are more important to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position than the various legal protections of our technology.

We rely on intellectual property obtained from third parties for certain components of our products and services. These components enhance our products and services and help meet evolving client needs. The failure to license any necessary technology, or to maintain our existing licenses, could result in reduced functionality of or reduced demand for our products.

Although we believe our products and services, and other proprietary rights, do not infringe upon the proprietary rights of third parties, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the future. Any such claims may result in costly, time-consuming litigation and may require us to enter into royalty or cross-license arrangements.

Competition

The markets for healthcare information systems and services are intensely competitive and highly fragmented. Our traditional full-suite competitors in the healthcare information systems and services market include: Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc., athenahealth, Inc., Cerner Corporation, eClinicalWorks, Epic Systems Corporation, and Greenway Health, LLC. Emerging smaller competitors also bring competition in specific sectors of the market. Additionally, we face competition from services-only competitors like business process outsourcers, hosting providers and transcription companies.

The EHR, PM, interoperability, and connectivity markets, in particular, are subject to rapid changes in technology. We expect that competition in these market segments could increase as new competitors enter the market. We believe our principal competitive advantages are our ambulatory-only focus, our comprehensive and fully-integrated solution, and our deep domain expertise, which enables our subject matter experts to serve as trusted advisors to our clients.

Privacy and Security

Our business operations involve hosting, storing, processing and transmitting confidential information including patient health information and payment card information. In addition to single-tenant environments, we operate unified, multi-tenant platforms that offer reliability, scalability, performance, security and privacy for our clients. Our infrastructure resides in several geographically diverse regions across the United States. We maintain a comprehensive security program designed to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our clients’ data, which includes both organizational and technical control measures and the security and privacy of our service offerings. We also have systems in place to monitor the safety of patient information as well as procedures designed to take immediate action in the event of a security incident.

We have the industry’s most well-respected certifications starting with Health Information Trust Alliance (“HITRUST”) Common Security Framework (“CSF”), which provides a process to standardize Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) compliance and coordinate it with other national and international data security frameworks and many state laws. We also maintain Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”) Level 1 Service Provider, which allows us to minimize our clients’ PCI scope. In addition, we are a DirectTrust Health Information Service Provider (“HISP”) while maintaining compliance with Security Organization Control 2, or SOC 2 Type II, across the domains of Privacy, Security, Confidentiality, and Availability. These audits and certifications help with our client’s third-party assurance programs to ensure we are meeting or exceeding HIPAA and other regulatory guidelines.

While we have implemented physical, technical, and administrative safeguards designed to help protect our systems, in the event of a system interruption, security incident, or breach, these safeguards may not prevent future cybersecurity incidents or breaches. We have a comprehensive and documented Information Security Management Program designed to secure the data within our infrastructure and provide appropriate reporting disclosure, and response which also includes testing for assurance. In addition, all of our associates are required to complete annual cybersecurity training, HIPAA training, and PCI DSS training. These training modules are reviewed annually to ensure compliance with the latest regulatory guidelines, laws, and industry best practices. All policies and procedures are made available to all employees through a Company intranet, and acknowledgement of these is required at time of hire. Our Privacy Policy is made available for our customers on a public facing website.

10


Table of Contents

Managing Cybersecurity Risks

Our business operations involve hosting, storing, processing and transmitting confidential information including patient health information. We have implemented physical, technical, and administrative safeguards designed to help protect our systems, in the event of a system interruption, security incident, or breach. However, these safeguards may not prevent future cybersecurity incidents or breaches. We have a comprehensive and documented Information Security Management Program designed to secure the data within our infrastructure and provide appropriate reporting disclosure, and response. Some incidents require us to notify our clients, executive team, and our Board of Directors. This notification process is documented and tested.

We have a comprehensive training and awareness program which includes on-going awareness simulations, required training, supplemental training and cross-functional incident response testing. In addition, all of our associates are required to complete annual cybersecurity training, HIPAA training, and PCI DSS training. These training modules are reviewed annually to ensure compliance with the latest regulatory guidelines, laws, and industry best practices. Training modules include information on how our associates can ensure they are meeting our security requirements while working in a remote environment.

Risk assessment is the component of our internal control environment that involves identifying and analyzing risks (both internal and external) relevant to achieving business objectives. We have implemented operational processes to identify and manage risks that could affect our availability to provide reliable services. These processes require management to identify significant risks inherent in providing services for clients and to implement appropriate measures to monitor and manage these risks. Annually, we re-evaluate and determine appropriate amounts of cybersecurity insurance required based on business and privacy impact assessments. A bona fide annual risk assessment, per HIPAA guidelines, is performed and validated by a thirdparty company. The thirdparty assessor conducts interviews with key stakeholders and performs penetration testing, evidence collection and onsite analysis. Formal rating systems determine if remediation strategies are warranted, and if so, a remediation plan is enacted. This report is reviewed and approved by the Chief Information Security Office (“CISO”) and reported to the appropriate upper management and Board of Directors. Meetings are conducted by the information systems team weekly to review and identify risks through the change management process. Meetings are held to ensure that projects, risks, compliance, federal regulations and personnel are in line with Company goals regarding security and compliance. Continuity and resiliency planning are based on National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) cybersecurity best practices and tested no less than annually.

A comprehensive assurance program is maintained with oversight by our CISO, which is included with the company procurement gating process.  Administrative and technical assessments are conducted prior to contract signing with any third-party.  On-going risk-based reviews are conducted and reported to executive leadership. The Company’s control consciousness is influenced significantly by its Board of Directors and Audit Committee. While the management of our business is delegated to the management team, the Board of Directors oversees management’s execution of the Company’s business activities.

Research and Development

The healthcare information systems and services industry is characterized by rapid technological change, requiring us to engage in continuing investments in our research and development to update, enhance and improve our systems. This includes expansion of our software and service offerings that support pay-for-performance and value-based contracting initiatives around accountable care organizations, bringing greater ease of use and intuitiveness to our software products, enhancing our managed cloud and hosting services to lower our clients' total cost of ownership, expanding our interoperability and enterprise analytics capabilities, and furthering development and enhancements of our portfolio of specialty-focused templates within our electronic health records software.

Sales and Marketing

We sell and market our products primarily through a direct sales force and to a significantly lesser extent, through a reseller channel. NextGen Healthcare also provides solutions to networks of practices such as MSOs, IPAs, ACOs, ambulatory care centers (“ACCs”), and community health centers (“CHCs”). Our direct sales force is comprised of sales executives and account executives, who seek to understand the client strategy and identify the opportunities in their practice and build both a multistage roadmap to reach the desired end state. For large clients, we use both inside and outside sales where efforts are a mix of on-site as well as web based. For smaller clients, efforts are all inside sales via web and phone, all of whom deliver presentations to potential clients by demonstrating our systems and capabilities either on prospective client’s premises or through video meeting and web-based presentations. System demonstrations for mobile workflow and analytics solutions are more web-based as these offerings tend to be targeted to larger practices. Both the direct and reseller channel salesforces concentrate on multi-product/solution sales opportunities. Our sales and marketing employees identify prospective clients through a variety of means, including: a healthcare data and analytics platform, search engine optimization and value exchange content on nextgen.com; digital advertising; direct mail and email campaigns; referrals from existing clients and industry consultants; contacts at professional society meetings and trade shows (online and in person); webinars; public relations and social media campaigns; and telemarketing. Resources have shifted more heavily to digital marketing as we meet potential clients where they are and how they shop for services. Additionally, we focus on thought leadership and content marketing to highlight our industry knowledge, expertise and the successes of our diverse client base. On the larger end of the range, our sales cycle can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to 18 months from initial contact to contract

11


Table of Contents

execution. Smaller practices on NextGen Office tend to have significantly shorter sales cycles ranging in weeks. Historically, software licenses were delivered to clients upon receipt of an order and we received up-front licensing fees. Implementation and training services are typically rendered based on a mutually agreed upon timetable.Moving forward, we expect more of our transactions to move to subscriptions. Clients have the option to purchase hosting and maintenance services, which are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. Subscriptions are delivered electronically after the agreement is signed.They generally include implementation and are typically billed monthly after implementation or based on volume or throughput. We continue to concentrate our direct sales and marketing efforts on the ambulatory market from large multi-specialty organizations to small-single specialty practices in high-opportunity specialty segments.

We have numerous clients and do not believe that the loss of any single client would adversely affect us. No client accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during each of the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. In addition, software license sales to resellers represented less than 10% of total revenue for each of the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Substantially all of our clients are located in the United States.

Human Capital

Workforce Statistics

As of March 31, 2021, NextGen Healthcare had approximately 2,564 full-time employees, approximately 714 of whom were based in Bangalore, India with the remainder located in the United States. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or are represented by a labor union.

Talent Recruitment

We recognize and value our employees as unique contributors through their entire journey at NextGen Healthcare. As such, we have a thoughtful and tailored approach to attracting, developing and retaining talent. We seek highly qualified applicants from a variety of sources with an increased focus on recruiting diverse talent. To ensure transparency and with a desire to mitigate bias, we conduct panel and round robin interviews for hiring and promotion. Discover NextGen, our adventure-based onboarding experience, provides a deep and broad picture of the organization with recognition that employees’ first few weeks on the job potentially cement their commitment to the company and culture.

Talent Retention and Development

We provide a career framework for our employees enabling their career development either within a single career track or through the ability to traverse multiple career ladders as they refine or optimize their development. Our Talent Community connects interested employees with internal functional subject matter experts to share job information including knowledge and skills required for advancement. We are committed to developing our employees through a culture of learning. We maintain an organizational development group focused on all aspects of employee development, including management and leadership through our LEAD framework and skill building. We also sponsor 24/7 on-demand training for employee certifications and relevant career-based skillsets and provide education reimbursement for continued education.

Diversity

We recognize our responsibility and strategic opportunity to champion varied viewpoints, culture and expertise. Our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion strategy includes goals around recruiting, retaining and developing diverse employees and leaders in the Company. Our Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”) focus their efforts on career, culture, market and community. These ERGs include: AAPI (Asian American Pacific Islander), ABLED (Awareness Benefiting Leadership & Employees About Disabilities), beiNG (Black Equity and Inclusion at NextGen), Cultural Diversity, Generational and Allies, LatinX. LGBTQ+, Military/Veterans and Allies, Remote Engagement, Working Parents, and Women-In-Tech. Our ERGs communicate directly with senior leadership through Listening Sessions with our CEO and other C-level executives. We also provide and promote employee training on harassment prevention, cultivating a respectful workplace and elimination of unconscious bias. We regularly engage with our Board of Directors on strategies, participation, and impact of these initiatives.

Employee Compensation

In recognition of the competitive talent landscape, we have a standing subcommittee on Total Rewards. Our comprehensive approach to compensation includes performance-based merit and bonus rewards. Additionally, long term incentives, 401(k) plan and match, and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan round out our reward strategy. To ensure we support pay equity, we conduct compensation analyses semi-annually in alignment with pay equity training for managers.

Culture and Engagement

NextGen Healthcare understands the vital importance of engaged employees to create a high potential community. We closely track our engagement and culture scores through an annual VOTE (Voice of The Employee) survey and on a monthly basis through our Employee Experience Monitor. We provide our team members with safe and confidential channels to voice concerns and receive a response and ensure they have access to members of our executive leadership team. Employees receive training on ethics and our code of conduct, including how to make reports on our ethics hotline. Our regularly

12


Table of Contents

scheduled Town Halls with all employees have become a vital part of our culture of community building. Our Board of Directors receive regular updates on employee engagement and satisfaction issues.

We believe that supporting community and volunteer service among our employees builds a strong culture and caring leaders. Each year, we sponsor NextGen Days of Caring during which our employees can volunteer for external charitable organizations. Our NextGen Cares program also allows employees to donate vacation time to help colleagues who have experienced natural disaster or tragedy. We also encourage our employees to participate in volunteer activities by providing the benefit of paid time off to volunteer through our Volunteer Time Off program.

Our Bangalore development center in India, under the leadership of its Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, conducts community relations activities every quarter to advance and support women’s empowerment, improve health, support education and help fight poverty.

Health & Safety

Our health and welfare plans reflect our desire to support our employees in a holistic way. Our healthcare plans are the cornerstone of the program, supplemented with additional insurance, an Employee Assistance Program, and time off plans including PTO, sick leave and parental leave. We also support our employees’ well-being through an integrated online platform that offers a variety of ‘campuses’ such as Family Care, Financial, New Hire, Wellness and Life Events. The campuses provide resources and access to certain programs/benefits relating to childcare, children of aging parents, gym membership, health coaching and more.

COVID-19

Our immediate and most pressing concern regarding the COVID-19 pandemic was and continues to be the safety and well-being of our employees and their families. Commencing in March 2020, we implemented immediate safety measures to protect our employees, including transitioning the vast majority of our employees to remote work and implementing policies and procedures to protect the health and safety of our employees who have continued on-site work. Our virtual business productivity team keeps our employees engaged with resources to help adapt to working remotely, remain productive and avoid burnout. Our business continuity health and safety team regularly share information and guidance on all pandemic updates through our internal health and safety communication channel.

Available Information

Our principal website is www.nextgen.com. We make our periodic and current reports, together with amendments to these reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, available on our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. You may access such filings through our Investor Relations website at http://investor.nextgen.com. The SEC maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov that contains the reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto is not intended to be incorporated into this Report or any other report or information we file with the SEC. We also use the following social media channels as a means of disclosing information about the company, our platform, our planned financial and other announcements and attendance at upcoming investor and industry conferences:

NextGen Healthcare Twitter Account (https://twitter.com/NextGen?s=20)

NextGen Healthcare Company Blog (https://www.nextgen.com/blog)

NextGen Healthcare Facebook Page (https://www.facebook.com/NextGenHealthcare)

NextGen Healthcare LinkedIn Page (https://www.linkedin.com/company/nextgenhealthcareinc/)

NextGen Healthcare Instagram Page (https://www.instagram.com/nextgenhealthcare/)

NextGen Healthcare YouTube Page (https://www.youtube.com/user/nghisinc)

We encourage our investors and others to review the information we make public in these locations as such information could be deemed to be material information. Please note that this list may be updated from time to time.

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other cautionary statements and risks described elsewhere and the other information contained in this Report and in our other filings with the SEC, including subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of these known or unknown risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, in which case the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to COVID-19

The novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic has adversely impacted and could continue to adversely impact the business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of us and our clients. The COVID-19 global pandemic and efforts to control its spread have had an ongoing impact on our operations, including India where we have significant operations, as well as on the operations of our healthcare clients. For example, commencing in March 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic caused declines in patient volumes, which negatively impacted our revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, most notably for purchases of software and hardware. The impact of the disruption also impacted the first half of fiscal 2021, primarily in managed services and EDI, which are volume driven.

We may experience further negative financial impact due to a number of factors, including without limitation:

Social, economic, and labor instability in India which is experiencing a severe COVID-19 resurgence and where we have significant operations;

A general decline in business activity including the impact of our clients’ office closures;

A disproportionate impact on the healthcare groups and other healthcare professionals with whom we contract;

Financial pressures on our clients, which may in turn result in their deferment of purchase decisions, or a delay in collections or non-payment;

Declines in new business bookings as our clients reduce or delay purchasing decisions;

Extensions of the length of sales and implementation cycles;

Disruptions to our supply chains and our third-party vendors, partners, and suppliers;balanced incentives; and

 

The potential negative impact on the health or productivity of employees, especially if a significant number of them are impacted.allow us to attract and retain effective executive leadership.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including but not limited to the duration and severity of the pandemic, resurgences or additional “waves” of outbreaks of the virus in various jurisdictions (including new strains or mutations of the virus), the impact of the pandemic on economic activity, the actions takenAccomplishments Achieved by health authorities and policy makers to contain its impacts on public health and the global economy, and the effectiveness of vaccines. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may experience material adverse impacts to our business as a result of the global or U.S. economic impact and any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic have caused extreme volatility in financial and capital markets which has and may continue to adversely impact our stock price and may adversely impact our ability to access capital markets. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described below, such as those relating to our products and services, sales cycles and implementation schedules, the retention of key employees, financial performance and debt obligations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We face significant, evolving competition which, if we fail to properly address, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock. The markets for healthcare information systems are intensely competitive, and we face significant competition from a number of different sources. Several of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition and financial, technical, product development and marketing resources than we do. Some of our larger competitors, who have greater scale than we do, have and may continue to become more active in our markets both through internal development and acquisitions. Moreover, we expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of potential incentives provided by government programs and as a result of consolidation in both the IT and healthcare industries. Transaction induced pressures, or other related factors may result in price erosion or other negative market dynamics that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock.

Competitive pressures and other factors, such as new product introductions by us or our competitors, may result in price or market share erosion that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing and marketing new products that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner in response or user needs to changing market conditions or client requirements, our business, results of

14


Table of Contents

operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. Also, there can be no assurance that our applications will achieve broad market acceptance or will successfully compete with other available software products. If we fail to distinguish our offerings from other options available to healthcare providers, the demand for and market share of our offerings may decrease. In response to increasing market demand, we are currently developing new generations of targeted software products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these new software products or that these products will operate successfully, or that any such development, even if successful, will be completed concurrently with or prior to introduction of competing products. Any such failure or delay could adversely affect our competitive position or could make our current products obsolete.

Saturation or consolidation in the healthcare industry could result in the loss of existing clients, a reduction in our potential client base and downward pressure on the prices for our products and services. As the healthcare information systems market evolves, saturation of this market with our products or our competitors' products could limit our revenues and opportunities for growth. There has also been increasing consolidation amongst healthcare industry participants in recent years, creating integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, the number of market participants decreases and competition to provide products and services like ours will become more intense. Our inability to make initial sales of our systems to, or maintain relationships with, newly formed groups and/or healthcare providers that are replacing or substantially modifying their healthcare information systems, or, if we were forced to reduce our prices, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Uncertainty in global economic and political conditions may negatively impact our business, operating results or financial condition. Global economic and political uncertainty have caused in the past, and may cause in the future, unfavorable business conditions such as a general tightening in the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity, increases in the rates of default and bankruptcy and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed income markets. These macroeconomic conditions could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition in a number of ways. Instability can make it difficult for our clients, our vendors, and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and could cause constrained spending on our products and services, delays and a lengthening of our sales cycles and/or difficulty in collection of our accounts receivable. Current or potential clients may be unable to fund software purchases, which could cause them to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or to not pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services. Our clients may cease business operations or conduct business on a greatly reduced basis. Bankruptcies or similar insolvency events affecting our clients may cause us to incur bad debt expense at levels higher than historically anticipated. Further, economic instability could limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing business conditions or new opportunities. Finally, our investment portfolio is generally subject to general credit, liquidity, counterparty, market and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by these global financial conditions. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity markets deteriorate or remain volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted and the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected as well.

Our relationships with strategic partners may fail to benefit us as expected. We face risk and/or the possibility of claims from activities related to strategic partners, which could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business. We rely on third parties to provide services for our business. These third parties could raise their prices and/or be acquired by our competitors, which could potentially create short and long-term disruptions to our business, negatively impacting our revenue, profit and/or stock price. We also have relationships with certain third parties where these third parties serve as sales channels through which we generate a portion of our revenue. Due to these third-party relationships, we could be subject to claims as a result of the activities, products, or services of these third-party service providers even though we were not directly involved in the circumstances leading to those claims. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, defending and investigating these claims could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business. In addition, our strategic partners may compete with us in some or all of the markets in which we operate.

We have acquired companies, and may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive, time consuming, subject to inherent risks and from which we may not realize anticipated benefits. Historically, we have acquired numerous businesses, technologies, and products. We may acquire additional businesses, technologies and products if we determine that these additional businesses, technologies and products are likely to serve our strategic goals. Acquisitions have inherent risks, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results or prospects, including, but not limited to the following: (i) failure to achieve projected synergies and performance targets; (ii) potentially dilutive issuances of our securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition; (iii) using cash as acquisition currency may adversely affect interest or investment income, which may in turn adversely affect our earnings and /or earnings per share; (iv) unanticipated expenses or difficulty in fully or effectively integrating or retaining the acquired technologies, software products, services, business practices, management teams or personnel, which would prevent us from realizing the intended benefits of the acquisition; (v) failure to maintain uniform standard controls, policies and procedures across acquired businesses; (vi) difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition such as development, distribution and client support; (vii) the assumption of known and unknown liabilities; (viii) the possibility that the due diligence process in any such acquisition may not completely identify material issues associated with product quality, product architecture, product development, intellectual property issues, regulatory risks,

15


Table of Contents

compliance risks, key personnel issues or legal and financial contingencies, including any deficiencies in internal controls and procedures and the costs associated with remedying such deficiencies; and (ix) the possibility that acquired assets become impaired, or that acquired assets lead us to determine that existing assets become impaired, requiring us to take a charge to earnings which could be significant. A failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or technology could, for any of these reasons, have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to manage growth could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have in the past experienced periods of growth which have placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our non-cash resources. We have also expanded our overall software development, marketing, sales, client management and implementation and training capacity, and may do so in the future. In the event we are unable to identify, hire, train and retain qualified individuals in such capacities within a reasonable timeframe, such failure could have an adverse effect on the operation of our business. The failure of our management to effectively manage expansion in our business could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may experience reduced revenues and/or be forced to reduce our prices. We may be subject to pricing pressures with respect to our future sales arising from various sources, including amount other things, government action affecting reimbursement levels. Our clients and the other entities with which we have business relationships are affected by changes in statutes, regulations, and limitations on government spending for Medicare, Medicaid, and other programs. Recent government actions and future legislative and administrative changes could limit government spending for Medicare and Medicaid programs, limit payments to healthcare providers, increase emphasis on competition, impose price controls, initiate new and expanded value-based reimbursement programs and create other programs that potentially could have an adverse effect on our business. If we experience significant downward pricing pressure, our revenues may decline along with our ability to absorb overhead costs, which may leave our business less profitable.

Our operations are dependent upon attracting and retaining key personnel. If such personnel were to leave unexpectedly, we may not be able to execute our business plan. Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued service of our key development and senior management personnel and successful recruitment of new talent. These personnel have specialized knowledge and skills with respect to our business and our industry. The industry in which we operate is characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that our current employees will continue to work for us. Loss of services of key employees could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to grant additional equity incentives to key employees and provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract and retain such key personnel. Equity incentives may be dilutive to our per share financial performance. Failure to provide such types of incentive compensation could jeopardize our recruitment and retention capabilities.

We may be subject to harassment or discrimination claims and legal proceedings, and our inability or failure to respond to and effectively manage publicity related to such claims could adversely impact our business. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and other employment policies prohibit harassment and discrimination in the workplace, in sexual or in any other form. We have ongoing programs for workplace training and compliance, and we investigate and take disciplinary action with respect to alleged violations. However, actions by our employees could violate those policies. With the increased use of social media platforms, including blogs, chat platforms, social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications that allow individuals access to a broad audience, there has been an increase in the speed and accessibility of information dissemination. The dissemination of information via social media, including information about alleged harassment, discrimination or other claims, could harm our business, brand, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations, regardless of the information's accuracy.

If we are unable to manage our growth in the new markets we may enter, our business and financial results could suffer. Our future financial results will depend in part on our ability to profitably manage our business in new markets that we may enter. We are engaging in the strategic identification of, and competition for, growth and expansion opportunities in new markets or offerings, including but not limited to the areas of interoperability, patient engagements, data analytics and population health. With several of our recent acquisitions, we have expanded into the market for cloud-based EHR products. It remains uncertain whether the market for cloud-based products will expand to the levels of demand and market acceptance we anticipate, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully scale the acquired companies’ products to meet our clients’ expectations. In addition, as clients move from fee-for-service to fee-for-value reimbursement strategies in conjunction with the adoption of population health business models, we may not make appropriate and timely changes to our service offerings consistent with shifts in market demands and expectations. In order to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, we will need to, among other things, manage changing business conditions, anticipate and react to changes in the regulatory environment, and develop expertise in areas outside of our business's traditional core competencies. Difficulties in managing future growth in new markets could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

We may not be successful in developing or launching our new software products and services, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We invest significant resources in the research and development of new and enhanced software products and services. Over the last few years we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant internal research and development expenses, a portion of which have been and may continue to be recorded as capitalized software costs. We cannot provide assurances that we will be successful in our efforts to plan, develop, sell or implement new software products that meet client expectations, which could result in an impairment of the value of the related capitalized software costs, an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results and a negative impact the future of our business. Additionally, we cannot be assured that we will continue to capitalize software development costs to the same extent as we have done to date, as the result of changes in development methodologies and other factors. To the extent that we capitalize a lower percentage of total software development costs, our earnings could be reduced.

We have substantial development and other operations in India, and we use offshore third-party partners located in India and other countries that subject us to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India and to laws applicable to U.S. companies operating overseas. We are subject to several risks associated with having a portion of our assets and operations located in India and by using third party service providers in India and other countries. Many U.S. companies have benefited from many policies of the Government of India and the Indian state governments in the states in which we operate, which are designed to promote foreign investment generally and the business process services industry in particular, including significant tax incentives, relaxation of regulatory restrictions, liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on foreign investment and repatriation. There is no assurance that such policies will continue. Various factors, such as changes in the current Government of India, could trigger significant changes in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular. In addition, our financial performance and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected by general economic conditions and economic and fiscal policy in India, including changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates and taxation policies, as well as social stability and political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting India in the future. In particular, India has experienced significant economic growth over the last several years, but faces major challenges in sustaining that growth in the years ahead. These challenges include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. Our ability to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, develop and operate our captive facility could be adversely affected if India does not successfully meet these challenges. In addition, U.S. governing authorities may pressure us to perform work domestically rather than using offshore resources. Furthermore, local laws and customs in India may differ from those in the U.S. For example, it may be a local custom for businesses to engage in practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). The FCPA generally prohibits U.S. companies from giving or offering money, gifts, or anything of value to a foreign official to obtain or retain business and requires businesses to make and keep accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. We cannot guarantee that our employees, contractors, and agents will comply with all of our FCPA compliance policies and procedures. If we or our employees, contractors, or agents fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar legislation, government authorities in the U.S. and elsewhere could seek to impose civil or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with litigation and investigations, which may adversely impact our marketing, distract management and have a negative impact upon our business, results of operations and financial condition. We face the risks associated with litigation and investigations concerning the operation of our business, including claims by clients regarding product and contract disputes, by other third parties asserting infringement of intellectual property rights, by current and former employees regarding certain employment matters, by certain shareholders, and by governmental and regulatory bodies for failures to comply with applicable laws. The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved disputes may have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, such disputes could impair our relationships with existing clients and our ability to obtain new clients. Defending litigation and investigative matters may require substantial cost and may result in a diversion of management's time and attention away from business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Commencing in April 2017, we have received requests for documents and information from the United States Attorney's Office for the District of Vermont and other government agencies in connection with an investigation concerning the certification we obtained for our software under the United States Department of Health and Human Services' Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive Program. The requests for information relate to, among other things: (a) data used to determine objectives and measures under the Meaningful Use (“MU”) and the Physician Quality Reporting System (“PQRS”) programs, (b) EHR software code used in certifying our software and information, and (c) payments provided for the referral of EHR business. Since 2017, we have received multiple additional requests for documents and information involving these and related topics. We have responded to each request and continue to cooperate in this investigation. Requests and investigations of this nature may lead to future requests for information and ultimately the assertion of claims or the commencement of legal proceedings against us, as well as other material liabilities. In addition, our responses to these and any future requests require time and effort, which can result in additional cost to us. Given the highly-regulated nature of our industry, we may, from time to time, be subject to subpoenas, requests for information, or investigations from various government agencies. It is our practice to respond to such matters in a cooperative, thorough and timely manner.

17


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that such litigation and investigations will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. In addition, any enforcement action by a government agency may result in fines, damage awards, regulatory consequences or other sanctions which could have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be impacted by IT system failures or other disruptions. We may be subject to IT systems failures and network disruptions. These may be caused by natural disasters, accidents, power disruptions, telecommunications failures, acts of terrorism or war, computer viruses, malware, physical or electronic break-ins, or other events or disruptions. System redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Such failures or disruptions could prevent access to or the delivery of certain of our products or services, compromise our data or our clients’ data, or result in delayed or cancelled orders as well as potentially expose us to third party claims. System failures and disruptions could also impede our transactions processing services and financial reporting.

Our business operations are subject to interruption by, among other, natural disasters, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks, and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues, and other issues beyond our control. Such events could decrease our demand for our products or services or make it difficult or impossible for us to develop and deliver our products or services to our clients. A significant portion of our research and development activities, our corporate headquarters, our IT systems, and certain of our other critical business operations are concentrated in a few geographic areas. In the event of a business disruption in one or more of those areas, we could incur significant losses, require substantial recovery time, and experience significant expenditures in order to resume operations, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have had to take charges due to asset impairments, and we could suffer further charges due to asset impairment that could reduce our income. We test our goodwill for impairment annually during our first fiscal quarter, and on interim dates should events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. In the past, we have recorded sizeable goodwill impairment charges, and we may need to do so in the future. Declines in business performance or other factors could cause the fair value of any of our operating segments to be revised downward, resulting in further impairment charges. If the financial outlook for any of our operating segments warrants additional impairments of goodwill, the resulting write-downs could materially affect our reported net earnings.

We face risks related to litigation advanced by a former director and shareholder of ours. On October 7, 2013, a complaint was filed against our Company and certain of our officers and directors in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, captioned Ahmed D. Hussein v. Sheldon Razin, Steven Plochocki, Quality Systems, Inc. and Does 1-10, inclusive, No. 30-2013-00679600-CU-NP-CJC, by Ahmed Hussein, a former director and significant shareholder of our Company. After the court sustained our demurrer to the initial complaint, Hussein filed an amended complaint on April 25, 2014. The amended complaint generally alleges fraud and deceit, constructive fraud, negligent misrepresentation and breach of fiduciary duty in connection with statements made to our shareholders regarding our financial condition and projected future performance. The amended complaint seeks actual damages, exemplary and punitive damages and costs. Hussein’s breach of fiduciary duty claims were dismissed on demurrer, and we filed an answer and cross-complaint against Hussein, alleging that he breached fiduciary duties owed to the Company. On September 16, 2015, the Court granted summary judgment with respect to Hussein’s remaining claims, dismissing all claims against us. The cross-complaint against Hussein went to trial, but the Court granted judgment in favor of Hussein on our cross-complaint. Final judgment over Hussein’s claims and our cross-claims was entered on January 9, 2018. Hussein appealed the order granting summary judgment over his claims, and we appealed the court’s decision granting Hussein’s motion for judgment on our cross-complaint. On October 8, 2019, the California State Court of Appeal for the Fourth Appellate District, Division Three, reversed the Superior Court’s grant of summary judgment on Hussein’s affirmative claims and affirmed the trial court’s judgement on the Company’s breach of fiduciary duty claims against Hussein. As a result, the case has returned to the trial court for resolution of Hussein’s claims against us. Previously scheduled trial dates have been postponed due to the ongoing pandemic, and a new trial date has been set for July 6, 2021.  Separately, Hussein has issued an arbitration demand seeking indemnification for the fees he incurred defending against our cross-complaint. Following briefing and a hearing at the liability phase of the arbitration, the arbitrator held that Hussein is entitled to indemnification for “expenses” (as that term is defined in Hussein’s indemnification agreement with NextGen) incurred in defense of NextGen’s cross-complaint against him. The arbitrator reserved all other claims related to costs and damages for a second phase of the arbitration. The parties are briefing the remaining issues in the indemnification matter and a hearing has been scheduled for June 10, 2021.

Although we believe the claim to be without merit, our operating results and share price may be negatively impacted due to the negative publicity, expenses incurred in connection with our defense, management distraction, and/or other factors related to this litigation. In addition, litigation of this nature may negatively impact our ability to attract and retain clients and strategic partners, as well as qualified board members and management personnel.

18


Table of Contents

Our credit agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operational flexibility. If we fail to meet our obligations under the credit agreement, our operations may be interrupted and our business and financial results could be adversely affected. On March 12,Executive Team During Fiscal Year 2021 we entered into a revolving credit agreement with various lenders, secured by substantially all of our and our material domestic subsidiaries’ existing and future property. The credit agreement includes certain customary covenants that impose restrictions on our business and financing activities that could limit our operations or flexibility to take certain actions. The credit agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants requiring us to maintain specified levels of financial performance. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events that could be beyond our control. A breach of these covenants could result in an event of default under the credit agreement which, if not cured or waived, could result in the indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable, which in turn could result in material adverse consequences that negatively impact our business, the market price for our common stock, and our ability to obtain financing in the future. In addition, our credit agreement’s covenants, consent requirements, and other provisions may limit our flexibility to pursue or fund strategic initiatives or acquisitions that might be in the long-term interests of our Company and shareholders.

Risks Related to Our Products and Services

If our principal products, new product developments or implementation, training and support services fail to meet the needs of our clients due to lack of client acceptance, errors, or other problems, we may fail to realize future growth, suffer reputational harm and face the risk of losing existing clients. We currently derive substantially all of our net revenue from sales of our healthcare information systems and related services. We believe that a primary factor in the market acceptance of our systems has been our ability to meet the needs of users of healthcare information systems. Our future financial performance will depend in large part on our ability to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of our clients through the timely development and successful introduction of new and enhanced versions of our systems and other complementary products, as well as our ability to provide high quality implementation, training and support services for our products. We have historically expended a significant percentage of our net revenue on product development and believe that significant continuing product development efforts will be required to retain our existing clients and sustain our growth. Continued investment in our sales staff and our client implementation, training and support staffs will also be required to retain and grow our client base.

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our client satisfaction or product development efforts, that the market will continue to accept our existing products and services, or that new products or product enhancements will be developed and implemented in a timely manner, meet the requirements of healthcare providers, or achieve market acceptance. Also, it is possible that our technology may contain defects or errors, some of which may remain undetected for a period of time. If we detect errors before we introduce a solution, we may have to delay deployment for an extended period of time while we address the problem. If we do not discover errors until after product deployment, we may need to provide enhancements to correct such errors. Remediating product defects and errors could consume our development and management resources. In addition, any failure or perceived failure to maintain high-quality and highly-responsive client support could harm our reputation. Quality or performance issues with our products and services may result in product-related liabilities, unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to remedy errors, harm to our reputation, lost sales, delays in commercial releases, delays in or loss of market acceptance of our solutions, license termination or renegotiations, and privacy or security vulnerabilities. If new products or product enhancements are delayed or do not achieve market acceptance, or if our implementation, training and support services do not achieve a high degree of client satisfaction, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. At certain times in the past, we have also experienced delays in purchases of our products by clients anticipating our launch, or the launch of our competitors, of new products. There can be no assurance that material order deferrals in anticipation of new product introductions from us or other entities will not occur.

If the emerging technologies and platforms of Microsoft and others upon which we build our products do not gain or continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or if we fail to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products and services compatible with such emerging technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenue will suffer. Our software products are built and depend upon several underlying and evolving relational database management system platforms such as those developed by Microsoft. To date, the standards and technologies upon which we have chosen to develop our products have proven to have gained industry acceptance. However, the market for our software products is subject to ongoing rapid technological developments, quickly evolving industry standards and rapid changes in client requirements, and there may be existing or future technologies and platforms that achieve industry standard status, which are not compatible with our products.

19


Table of Contents

We are dependent on our license rights and other services from third parties, which may cause us to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments. We depend upon licenses for some of the technology used in our products as well as other services from third party vendors. Most of these arrangements can be continued/renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated for any number of reasons. We may not be able to continue using the products or services made available to us under these arrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at all. As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments or services provided until we can obtain equivalent technology or services. Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive. Our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the business elements covered by these arrangements and use these elements to compete directly with us. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue providing their technology or services in the future or are unsuccessful in their continued research and development efforts, we may not be able to modify or adapt our own products.

We may experience interruption at our data centers or client support facilities. We perform data center and/or hosting services for certain clients, including the storage of critical patient and administrative data at company-owned facilities and through third party hosting arrangements. In addition, we provide support services to our clients through various client support facilities. We have invested in reliability features such as multiple power feeds, multiple backup generators and redundant telecommunications lines, as well as technical (such as multiple overlapping security applications, access control and other countermeasures) and physical security safeguards and structured our operations to reduce the likelihood of disruptions. However, complete failure of all local public power and backup generators, impairment of all telecommunications lines, a concerted denial of service cyber-attack, a significant data breach, damage, injury or impairment (environmental, accidental, intentional or pandemic) to the buildings, the equipment inside the buildings housing our data centers, the personnel operating such facilities or the client data contained therein, or errors by the personnel trained to operate such facilities could cause a disruption in operations and negatively impact clients who depend on us for data center and system support services. Likewise, our use of a single cloud vendor could increase our exposure to interruptions if the vendor were to experience a catastrophic event impacting its service offering. Any interruption in operations at our data centers and/or client support facilities could damage our reputation, cause us to lose existing clients, hurt our ability to obtain new clients, result in significant revenue loss, create potential liabilities for our clients and us and increase insurance and other operating costs.

We face the possibility of claims based upon our website content, which may cause us expense and management distraction. We could be subject to third party claims based on the nature and content of information supplied on our website by us or third parties, including content providers or users. We could also be subject to liability for content that may be accessible through our website or third-party websites linked from our website or through content and information that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or on websites created by professionals using our applications. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations.

If our security measures are breached or fail and unauthorized access is obtained to a client’s data, our services may be perceived as not being secure, clients may curtail or stop using our services, and we may incur significant liabilities. Our services involve the storage, transmission and processing of clients’ proprietary information and protected health information of patients. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software are very important. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, insufficiency, defective design, or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain unauthorized access to client or patient data. As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences. We rely upon our clients as users of our system for key activities to promote security of the system and the data within it, such as administration of client-side access credentialing and control of client-side display of data. On occasion, our clients have failed to perform these activities. Failure of clients to perform these activities may result in claims against us that this reliance was misplaced, which could expose us to significant expense and harm to our reputation even though our policy is to enter into business associate agreements with our clients. Although we extensively train and monitor our employees, it is possible that our employees may, intentionally or unintentionally, breach security measures. Moreover, third parties with whom we do not have business associate agreements may breach the privacy and security of patient information, potentially causing us reputational damage and exposing us to liability. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients. In addition, our clients may authorize or enable third parties to access their client data or the data of their patients on our systems. Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure the complete propriety of that access or integrity or security of such data in our systems.

20


Table of Contents

Failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions and waivers may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business. We require our clients to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for use and disclosure of the information that we receive, and we require contractual assurances from them that they have done so and will do so. If they do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy laws or other applicable laws. This could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such data and may prevent use of such data. In addition, this could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules and analyses or limit other data-driven activities that are beneficial to our business. Moreover, we may be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice, permission or waiver. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our operating results.

We face the possibility of damages resulting from internal and external security breaches. In the course of our business operations, we store, process, compile and transmit confidential information, including patient health information, in our processing centers and other facilities. A breach of security in any of these facilities could damage our reputation and result in damages being assessed against us. In addition, the other systems with which we may interface, such as the internet and related systems may be vulnerable to security breaches, viruses, programming errors, or similar disruptive problems. In addition, our clients and vendors with whom we have business associate agreements, or other parties with whom we do not have business associate agreements, may be responsible for breaching the security and compromising the privacy of patient information located on our systems. In addition, although we extensively train and monitor our employees, it is possible that our own employees may engage in conduct that compromises security or privacy. The effect of these security breaches and related issues could disrupt our ability to perform certain key business functions and could potentially reduce demand for our services. Accordingly, we have expended significant resources toward establishing and enhancing the security of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be given that they will be entirely free from potential breach. Maintaining and enhancing our infrastructure security may require us to expend significant capital in the future.

The success of our strategy to offer our electronic data interchange (“EDI”) services and software as a service (“SaaS”) solutions depends on the confidence of our clients in our ability to securely transmit confidential information. Our EDI services and SaaS solutions rely on encryption, authentication and other security technology licensed from third parties to achieve secure transmission of confidential information. We may not be able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain access to or disrupt the transmission of communications by our clients. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate confidential user information or interrupt our, or our clients’, operations. In addition, our EDI and SaaS solutions may be vulnerable to viruses, malware, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions.

High-profile security breaches at other companies have increased in recent years, and security industry experts and government officials have warned about the risks of hackers and cyber-attacks targeting information technology products and businesses. Although this is an industry-wide problem that affects other software and hardware companies, we may be targeted by computer hackers because we are a prominent healthcare information technology company and have high profile clients. These risks will increase as we continue to grow our cloud offerings, store and process increasingly large amounts of our clients’ confidential data, including personal health information, and host or manage parts of our clients’ businesses in cloud-based/multi-tenant information technology environments. We may use third party public cloud providers in connection with our cloud-based offerings or third-party providers to host our own data, in which case we may have to rely on the processes, controls and security such third parties have in place to protect the infrastructure.

The costs we would incur to address any security incidents would increase our expenses, and our efforts to resolve these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential clients that may impede our sales, development of solutions, provision of services, or other critical functions. If a cyberattack or other security incident were to allow unauthorized access to or modification of our clients’ or suppliers’ data, our own data, or our information technology systems, or if our products or services are perceived as having security vulnerabilities, we could suffer significant damage to our brand and reputation. This could lead to fewer clients using our products or services and make it more difficult for us to obtain new clients, resulting in reduced revenue and earnings. These types of security incidents could also lead to lawsuits, regulatory investigations and claims, and increased legal liability.

Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to the internet by us and our clients, which is not within our control. We deliver internet-based services and, accordingly, depend on our ability and the ability of our clients to access the internet. This access is currently provided by third parties that have significant market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies, mobile communications companies and government-owned service provides -- all of whom are outside of our control. In the event of any difficulties, outages and delays by internet service providers, we may be impeded from providing services, resulting in a loss of potential or existing clients.

21


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims for system errors, warranties or product liability, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our software solutions are intended for use in collecting, storing and displaying clinical and healthcare-related information used in the diagnosis and treatment of patients and in related healthcare settings such as admissions and billing. Therefore, users of our software solutions have a greater sensitivity to errors than the market for software products generally. Any failure by our products to provide accurate and timely information concerning patients, their medication, treatment and health status, generally, could result in claims against us which could materially and adversely impact our financial performance, industry reputation and ability to market new system sales. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including through licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third-party site that a consumer accesses through our websites, exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. We maintain insurance to protect against claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user license agreements, but there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language would adequately cover any claim asserted against us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or outside of our insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for litigation and management time and resources.

Certain healthcare professionals who use our SaaS products will directly enter health information about their patients including information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the common law and contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including: (i) state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws; (ii) our contracts with clients and partners; (iii) state laws regulating healthcare professionals; (iv) Medicaid laws; (v) HIPAA and related rules proposed by CMS; (vi) CMS standards for internet transmission of health data and (vii); and The 21st Century Cures Act.

HIPAA establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the use and protection of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements may result in a material liability to us.

Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third-party sites and/or links that consumers may access through our web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information or may circumvent systems and policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly adaptations to our policies, procedures, or systems.

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subjectcontinuing to transform the effectCompany into a more nimble, client-focused organization under the leadership of payerour executive management team. The Company is continuing to enable more efficient, integrated, and provider conduct which we cannot control and accordingly, there is no assurance that revenue for our services will continue at historic levels. We offer certain electronic claims submission productsclient-centered delivery of software and services as part ofsolutions, ultimately leading to improved growth, profit, and long-term shareholder value. The new strategic direction to date has improved product usability for customers, broadened our product line. While we have implemented certain product features designed to maximize the accuracysolution set, and completeness of claims submissions, these features may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payers. Should inaccurate claims data be submitted to payers, we may be subject to liability claims.

Electronic data transmission services are offered by certain payers to healthcare providers that establish a direct link between the provider and payer. This process reduces revenue to third party EDI service providers such as us. As a result of this, and other market factors, we are unable to ensure that we will continue to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels for such services.

A significant increase in the utilization of direct links between healthcare providers and payers could adversely affect our transaction volume and financialproduced noteworthy customer satisfaction results.  In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain our existing links to payers or develop new connections on terms that are economically satisfactory to us, if at all.

Proprietary rights are material to our success, and the misappropriation of these rights could adversely affect our business and our financial condition. We are heavily dependent on the maintenance and protection of our intellectual property and we rely largely on technical security measures, license agreements, confidentiality procedures and employee nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. The majority of our software is not patented and existing copyright laws offer only limited practical protection.

There can be no assurance that the legal protections and precautions we take will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or that competitors will not independently develop technologies equivalent or superior to ours. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the lawsSome of the United States and are often not enforced as vigorously as thoseachievements in the United States.

22


Table of Contents

We do not believe that our operations or products infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. However, there can be no assurance that others will not assert infringement or trade secret claims against us with respect to our current or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into a license agreement or royalty arrangement or other financial arrangement with the party asserting the claim. Responding to and defending any such claims may distract the attention of our management and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, claims may be brought against third parties from which we purchase software, and such claims could adversely affect our ability to access third party software for our systems.

If we are deemed to infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties, we could incur unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing our products and services. We have been, and may be in the future, subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our applications' functionality is viewed as similar or overlapping with competitive products. We do not believe that we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights of third parties. However, claims are occasionally asserted against us, and we cannot assure you that infringement claims will not be asserted against us in the future. Also, we cannot assure you that any such claims will be unsuccessful. We could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claims - even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matters. Furthermore, a party making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products or services. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We face risks related to the periodic maintenance and upgrades that need to be made to our products. As we continue to develop and improve upon our technology and offerings, we need to periodically upgrade and maintain the products deployed to our clients. This process can require a significant amount of our internal time and resources and can be complicated and time consuming for our clients. Certain upgrades may also pose the risk of system delays or failure. If our periodic upgrades and maintenance cause disruptions to our clients, we may lose revenue-generating transactions, our clients may elect to use other solutions and we may also be the subject of negative publicity that may adversely affect our business and reputation.

Risks Related to Regulation

There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and the current governmental laws and regulations as well as any future modifications to the regulatory environment, may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic, legal and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities. A number of federal and state laws, including laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for products or services that may be paid for through any federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any private program. These laws are complex and their application to our specific services and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate. Federal and state regulatory and law enforcement authorities have recently increased enforcement activities with respect to Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse regulations and other healthcare reimbursement laws and rules.

During the past several years, the healthcare industry has also been subject to an increase in governmental regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.

For example, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as modified by HITECH provisions of the ARRA (collectively, “HIPAA”), continues to have a direct impact on the health care industry by requiring national provider identifiers and standardized transactions/code sets, operating rules and necessary security and privacy measures in order to ensure the appropriate level of privacy of protected health information. These regulatory factors affect the purchasing practices and operation of health care organizations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”), which was amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, became law in 2010. This comprehensive health care reform legislation included provisions to control health care costs, improve health care quality, and expand access to affordable health insurance. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), which became law in 2015, repealed the sustainable growth rate (“SGR”) formula and created two new value-based payment systems for Medicare physicians. Together with ongoing statutory and budgetary policy developments at a federal level, these health care reform laws include changes in Medicare and Medicaid payment policies and other health care delivery administrative reforms that could potentially negatively impact our business and the business of our clients. Because not all the administrative rules implementing health care reform under these laws have been finalized, and because of ongoing federal fiscal budgetary pressures yet to be resolved for federal health programs, the full impact of the health care reform legislation and of further statutory actions to reform healthcare payment on our business is unknown, but there can be no assurances that health care reform legislation will not adversely impact either our operational results or the manner in which we operate our business. Health care industry participants may respond by reducing their investments or postponing investment decisions, including investments in our solutions and services.

23


Table of Contents

In March 2020, the U.S. Congress passed several laws in response to the coronavirus pandemic. Included in these laws are multiple provisions that are likely to have a significant impact on healthcare providers. Because regulations implementing these provisions have yet to be released and health care providers are subject to future legislative changes, the industry is likely to be subject to additional coronavirus-related legislative and regulatory changes in 2020.

Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our systems and related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers as a result of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction in the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction could have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the regulatory environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management information systems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such proposals or healthcare reforms might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect at this time. We have taken steps to modify our products, services and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s attention and divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.

Developments of additional federal and state regulations and policies have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business.

Other specific risks include, but are not limited to, risks relating to:

Privacy and Security of Patient Information. As part of the operation of our business, we may have access to or our clients may provide to us individually-identifiable health information related to the treatment, payment, and operations of providers’ practices. Government and industry legislation and rulemaking, especially HIPAA, HITECH and standards and requirements published by industry groups such as the Joint Commission require the use of standard transactions, standard identifiers, security and other standards and requirements for the transmission of certain electronic health information. These standards and requirements impose additional obligations and burdens on us, limiting the use and disclosure of individually-identifiable health information, and require us to enter into business associate agreements with our clients and vendors. Failure by us to enter into adequate business associate agreements with any client or vendor would place us in violation of applicable standards and requirements and could expose us to liability. Our business associates may interpret HIPAA requirements differently than we do, and we may not be able to adequately address the risks created by such interpretations. These new rules, and any future changes to privacy and security rules, may increase the cost of compliance and could subject us to additional enforcement actions, which could further increase our costs and adversely affect the way in which we do business.

Interoperability Standards. Our clients are concerned with and often require that our software solutions and health care devices be interoperable with other third-party health care information technology suppliers. With the passing of the MACRA in 2015, the U.S. Congress declared it a national objective to achieve widespread exchange of health information through interoperable certified EHR technology nationwide by December 31, 2018. The 21st Century Cures Act, which was passed and signed into law in December 2016, includes numerous provisions intended to encourage this nationwide interoperability.

In February 2019, HHS’s Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (“ONC”) released a proposed rule titled, “21st Century Cures Act: Interoperability, Information Blocking, and the ONC Health IT Certification Program.”  Following an extended public comment period, in March 2020 ONC released the final rule which implements the key interoperability provisions included in the Cures Act. Specifically, it calls on developers of certified EHRs and health IT products to adopt standardized application programming interfaces (“APIs”), which will help allow individuals to securely and easily access structured and unstructured EHI formats using smartphones and other mobile devices. This provision and others included in the rule create a lengthy list of new certification and maintenance of certification requirements that developers of EHRs and other health IT products have to meet in order to maintain approved federal government certification status. Meeting and maintaining this certification status will require additional development costs.

The ONC rule also implements the information blocking provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act, including identifying reasonable and necessary activities that do not constitute information blocking. Under the 21st Century Cures Act, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has the regulatory authority to investigate and assess civil monetary penalties of up to $1,000,000 against certified health IT developers found to be in violation of “information blocking”. This new oversight and authority to investigate claims of information blocking creates significant risks for us and our clients and could potentially create substantial new compliance costs.

Other regulatory provisions included in the ONC Cures Act final rule could create compliance costs and/or regulatory risks for the company. Because these regulations are subject to future changes and/or significant enforcement discretion by federal agencies, the ultimate impact of these regulations is unknown.

24


Table of Contents

FDA Regulation of Software as a Medical Device. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) has the statutory authority to regulate medical software if it falls within the definition of a “device” under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FFDCA”). However, the FDA has exercised enforcement discretion for software said to be “low risk.” The December 2016 21st Century Cures Act clarified the FDA’s regulation of medical software by amending the definition of “device” in the FFDCA to exclude certain software functions, including electronic health record software functionality and administrative software functionality. In December 2017, the FDA issued draft guidance documents to clarify how it intends to interpret and enforce these provisions of the Cures Act. In 2017, the FDA also issued a Digital Health Innovation Action Plan and launched a voluntary “Software Precertification (Pre-Cert) Pilot Program” for software developers. Then in September 2019 the FDA issued several different digital health-focused final and draft guidance documents. Although we believe that our products are currently not subject to FDA regulation, we continue to follow the FDA’s guidance in this area, which is subject to change and in some critical areas only currently exists in draft form. As a result, our software may potentially be subject to regulation by the FDA as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing standards, application of the medical device excise tax, and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications, the result of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Health Reform. The health reform laws discussed above and that may be enacted in the future contain and may contain various provisions which may impact us and our clients. Some of these provisions may have a positive impact, by expanding the use of electronic health records and other health information technology solutions in certain federal programs, for example, while others, such as reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers, may have a negative impact due to fewer available resources. Increases in fraud and abuse penalties may also adversely affect participants in the health care sector, including us.

We may not see the benefits from government funding programs initiated to accelerate the adoption and utilization of health information technology. While government programs have been implemented to improve the efficiency and quality of the healthcare sector, including expenditures to stimulate business and accelerate the adoption and utilization of healthcare technology, we may not see the anticipated benefits of such programs. Under the ARRA, the PPACA, and the MACRA, significant government financial resources are being invested in healthcare, including financial incentives to healthcare providers who can demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology since 2011. While we expect the ARRA, the PPACA, and the MACRA to continue to create sales opportunities over the next several years, we are unsure of the immediate or long-term impact of these government actions.

HITECH established the Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs to provide incentive payments for eligible professionals, hospitals, and critical access hospitals as they adopt, implement, upgrade, or demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology. HITECH, and subsequently MACRA, also authorized CMS to apply payment adjustments, or penalties, to Medicare eligible professionals and eligible hospitals that are not meaningful users under the Medicare EHR Incentive Program.

Although we believe that our service offerings will meet the requirements of HITECH and MACRA to allow our clients to qualify for financial incentives and avoid financial penalties for implementing and using our services, there can be no guaranty that our clients will achieve meaningful use (or its equivalent under MACRA’s Merit Based Incentive Payment System, Promoting Interoperability) or actually receive such planned financial incentives for our services. Where clients have relied on our software as being certified according to applicable HITECH Act technical standards, we may face liability related to any incentive that the physicians received in reliance upon such certification if this certification were to be challenged.  Failure to maintain this certification under the HITECH Act could also jeopardize our relationships with customers who are relying upon us to provide certified software and will make our products and services less attractive to customers than the offerings of other EHR vendors who maintain certification of their products.

We also cannot predict the speed at which healthcare providers will adopt electronic health record systems in response to these government incentives, whether healthcare providers will select our products and services or whether healthcare providers will implement an electronic health record system at all. In addition, the financial incentives associated with the meaningful use program are tied to provider participation in Medicare and Medicaid, and we cannot predict whether providers will continue to participate in these programs. Any delay in the purchase and implementation of electronic health records systems by healthcare providers in response to government programs, or the failure of healthcare providers to purchase an electronic health record system, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that additional regulations or government programs related to electronic health records, amendment or repeal of current healthcare laws and regulations or the delay in regulatory implementation could require us to undertake additional efforts to meet meaningful use standards, materially impact our ability to compete in the evolving healthcare IT market, materially impact healthcare providers' decisions to implement electronic health records systems or have other impacts that would be unfavorable to our business. The costs of achieving and maintaining certified electronic health record technology (“CEHRT”) are also significant and because the definition of CEHRT and its use requirements for clients are subject to regulatory changes, these programs and future regulatory changes to them could adversely impact our business.

25


Table of Contents

Several of our solutions also support Accountable Care Organizations (“ACOs”). In 2020, Medicare’s largest ACO program, the Shared Savings Program, consisted of 517 ACOs serving 11.2 million assigned beneficiaries across the country. In December 2018, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued a final rule that dramatically redesigns and sets a new direction for Shared Savings Program, renaming it “Pathways to Success.”  Because it is unknown how ACOs will react to CMS’s Pathways to Success program redesign and several of the redesigned program’s policies will not be fully implemented for ACOs until 2021, we cannot predict the impact the regulatory change will have on our clients and our business, including where we are alleged to have not appropriately complied with these regulations.

We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure of our revenue cycle management services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payers and have an adverse effect on our business. Determination by a court that we have violated the False Claims Act (“FCA”) may subject us to treble damages, plus mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim.  Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense associated with unresolved legal proceedings could harm our business and reputation. It is possible that resolution of one or any combination of more than one legal matter could result in a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In most cases where we are permitted to do so, we calculate charges for our revenue cycle management services based on a percentage of the collections that our clients receive as a result of our services. To the extent that violations or liability for violations of these laws and regulations require intent, it may be alleged that this percentage calculation provides us or our employees with incentive to commit or overlook fraud or abuse in connection with submission and payment of reimbursement claims. The U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services has stated that it is concerned that percentage-based billing services may encourage billing companies to commit or to overlook fraudulent or abusive practices.

A portion of our business involves billing of Medicare claims on behalf of its clients. In an effort to combat fraudulent Medicare claims, the federal government offers rewards for reporting of Medicare fraud which could encourage others to subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges that are ultimately proven to be without merit.

Additionally, under the False Claims Act FCA, the federal government allows private individuals to file a complaint or otherwise report actions alleging the defrauding of the federal government by an entity. These suits, known as qui tam actions or “whistleblower” suits may be brought by, with only a few exceptions, any private citizen who believes that he has material information of a false claim that has not been previously disclosed. If the federal government intervenes, the individual that filed the initial complaint may share in any settlement or judgment. If the federal government does not intervene in the action, the whistleblower plaintiff may pursue its allegation independently. Some states have adopted similar state whistleblower and false claims provisions. Qui tam actions under the FCA and similar state laws may lead to significant fines, penalties, settlements or other sanctions, including exclusion from Medicare or other federal or state healthcare programs.

If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and regulations, we may have difficulty selling our products. We may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with offering services and products via the internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are proposing laws and regulations that apply to internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected by these regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyright protection, distribution, and quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are subject to these laws and regulations, the sale of our products and services could be harmed.

We are subject to changes in and interpretations of financial accounting matters that govern the measurement of our performance, one or more of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue, results of operations, and debt covenant compliance. Based on our reading and interpretations of relevant guidance, principles or concepts issued by, among other authorities, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Commission, we believe our current business arrangements, transactions, and related estimates and disclosures have been properly reported. However, there continue to be issued interpretations and guidance for applying the relevant standards to a wide range of sales and licensing contract terms and business arrangements that are prevalent in the software industry. Future interpretations or changes by the regulators of existing accounting standards or changes in our business practices could result in changes in our revenue recognition and/or other accounting policies and practices that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of operations. In addition, changes in accounting rules could alter the application of certain terms in our credit agreement, thereby impacting our ability to comply with our debt covenants.

26


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on our business, and our per share price may be adversely affected. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC to implement Section 404, we are required to include in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The assessment must include disclosure of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.

As part of the evaluation undertaken by management and our independent registered public accountants pursuant to Section 404, our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of our most recent fiscal year end. However, if we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls or internal controls over financial reporting, we may discover material weaknesses that we would then be required to disclose. Any material weaknesses identified in our internal controls could have an adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to accurately or timely report on our financial results, and we might be subject to investigation by regulatory authorities. This could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have an adverse effect on our stock price.

No evaluation process can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will detect and correct all failures within our company to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. In addition, if we continue to expand, through either organic growth or through acquisitions (or both), the challenges involved in implementing appropriate controls will increase and may require that we evolve some or all of our internal control processes.

It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 may be revised in the future, thereby causing ourselves to review, revise or reevaluate our internal control processes which may result in the expenditure of additional human and financial resources.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The unpredictability of our quarterly operating results may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline. Our revenue may fluctuate in the future from quarter to quarter and period to period, as a result of a number of factors including, without limitation:2021 include:

 

Increased cash flow from operations to $98.5 million, from $85.6 million for the size and timing of orders from clients;previous fiscal year

 

the specific mix of software, hardware and servicesContinued growth in client orders;satisfaction, as evidenced by a 52% increase in our net promoter score over the prior year

 

the length of sales cycles and installation processes;Enabled over 1.5 million telehealth visits through our NextGen Virtual Visits™ (formerly OTTO Health which was acquired by NextGen Healthcare in December 2019)

 

the ability of our clients to obtain financing for the purchase of our products;Launched NextGen® Patient Experience Platform

 

changesLaunched the NextGen® Behavioral Health Suite - the industry’s only platform that integrates comprehensive physical, behavioral and oral health in pricing policies or price reductions by us or our competitors;one software solution

 

Recognized by KLAS Research as Top Practice Management Solution and Top Ambulatory EMR (NextGen® Enterprise) in the timing of new product announcements2021 Best in KLAS Report (11-75 physicians)Navigated the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, including the migration to a majority remote workforce while supporting the nationwide vaccine rollout and product introductions by us oradministration through our competitors;platform

 

changesEntered into a $300 million second amended and restated revolving credit agreement facility that includes $150 million accordion feature, which could accommodate borrowing up to $450 million in revenue recognition or other accounting guidelines employed by us and/or established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other rule-making bodies;aggregate.


Shareholder Support for our Compensation Decisions

At our annual meeting of shareholders in August 2020, approximately 97% of the shares represented and voting on the “say-on-pay” proposal voted in favor of the compensation of our fiscal year 2020 NEOs. We believe the high level of say-on-pay vote support from our shareholders validates our executive compensation program and its underlying pay-for-performance design.

Overview of Executive Compensation Program

Over the past several years, the Compensation Committee revised the design and philosophy of our executive compensation program so that it more closely aligns with the Company’s strategy and market trends.  We believe a significant portion of our NEOs’ compensation should be variable, at risk and tied directly to measurable performance. Consistent with these principles, a significant portion of our NEOs’ compensation is in the form of performance-based incentives that are earned upon the attainment of pre-established financial goals.  The Company does not target a particular benchmark level, but actual total direct compensation of our CEO was below the median and CEO total compensation was ~7.5% lower than the prior year while TSR was 73% higher during the prior fiscal year.  Meanwhile, other NEOs were near the median, except for our CFO who was marginally above-median to reflect increased responsibilities and high personal performance. Also, in fiscal year 2021 we continued with performance-based equity awards for our NEOs that had been re-introduced in fiscal year 2019.  

1. Base Salaries:  For fiscal year 2021, the Compensation Committee did not increase base salaries for our NEOs. In addition, in light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, our NEOs took a voluntary reduction in base salary from May 16, 2020 to September 30, 2020 with Messrs. Frantz and Arnold taking a 20% reduction and Messrs. Metcalfe and Linton taking a 10% reduction.

2. Cash Bonuses:  For fiscal year 2021, the Compensation Committee did not increase the target cash bonus of the NEOs. The fiscal year 2021 cash bonus program for the NEOs had two performance measures: Revenue and Non-GAAP earnings per share (“Non-GAAP EPS”).  Revenue and Non-GAAP EPS during the year were both higher than in fiscal year 2020 and NEO bonuses were funded formulaically based on results compared to the pre-established fiscal year 2021 bonus plan with discretionary adjustments based upon individual performance factors. For a reconciliation of non-GAAP performance measures to the more directly comparable GAAP measures, please see the section below captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation.”  

3. Equity:  The Compensation Committee continued emphasizing equity compensation by granting awards in the form of restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”). The PSUs are weighted 60% and the RSAs 40% to ensure a performance-based orientation.  Fiscal year 2021 grant values were generally equal to or lower than fiscal year 2020, except that the CFO was higher to reflect increased responsibility and high performance. The Compensation Committee has adopted a practice of making executive officer equity awards during the second half of the fiscal year. This equity award timing pattern enables the Compensation Committee to make award decisions based on a clearer sense of the Company’s and the NEOs’ performance throughout the fiscal year and to allow increased opportunities for performance feedback throughout the year.

CEO Compensation

Our CEO’s actual total direct compensation for fiscal year 2021was approximately 7.5% lower than the prior fiscal year, and his equity compensation grant for fiscal year 2021 was approximately 18.5% lower than during fiscal year 2020.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by executive officers and places in perspective the data presented in the tables and narratives that follow.

The Compensation Committee regularly assesses the Company’s compensation philosophy as well as target and actual compensation. The Compensation Committee is comprised solely of independent directors and has responsibility for overseeing the Company’s overall compensation program, designing and managing our executive compensation program and making recommendations to the Board concerning compensation matters for our employees and directors. The Compensation Committee attempts to create compensation paid to our executive officers that is responsible, balanced, performance-based, and competitive. Our executive compensation program is designed to reward achievement of specific performance goals. By rewarding strong management performance in the achievement of these established goals, our executive compensation program helps to ensure that management’s interests are aligned with our shareholders’ interests, with the ultimate objective of improving shareholder value.


The Compensation Committee designs compensation packages for our executive officers that include equity-based compensation as a key component to further align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders by encouraging long-term performance. The Compensation Committee strives for the program to enable us to recruit, retain and develop effective executive talent by creating compensation opportunities that are fair in light of the Company’s performance and market position.

The Compensation Committee holds meetings following the end of the fiscal year without any members of management present to deliberate on and approve executive officer bonuses earned under the prior fiscal year’s compensation program and approve the salary and cash bonus compensation program for the next fiscal year. The Compensation Committee meets approximately mid-way through each fiscal year to determine executive officer equity awards.  During the process, the Compensation Committee discusses the performance of the executive officers as well as market and industry data on compensation metrics and best practices. The Compensation Committee met nine (9) times during fiscal year 2021.

The Compensation Committee assesses our Company-wide compensation structure, program and practices annually. Pursuant to this assessment, the Compensation Committee believes that the market level, the balance of cash and equity compensation, and the performance measures used in our compensation program are effective, and that our compensation program does not encourage excessive risk taking.

The Compensation Committee has the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain or obtain the advice of an independent compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisers to assist in carrying out the Compensation Committee’s duties and responsibilities. Prior to selecting a compensation adviser, the Compensation Committee assesses whether work performed or advice rendered by such compensation adviser would raise any conflicts of interest. From time to time, the Compensation Committee has engaged independent compensation consultants to advise it on matters of Board and executive compensation. In each case, the Compensation Committee has utilized these compensation consultants to compile and present Peer Group compensation data to the Compensation Committee. For fiscal year 2021, our Compensation Committee engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. as its independent compensation consultant, and there were no conflicts of interest with respect to this adviser. The Compensation Committee also consults publicly available compensation data from time to time as part of its executive compensation decisions.

Components of Compensation

Key components of the 2021 executive compensation program were base salary in the form of cash, a cash incentive bonus program based on Revenue and Non-GAAP EPS performance measures and individual performance and equity awards in the form of RSAs and PSUs. The Compensation Committee views the various components of compensation as related, but distinct, and believes that a significant percentage of total compensation should be allocated to performance incentives. The Compensation Committee determines the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on performance, internal equity, stability and other considerations the Compensation Committee deems relevant. The Compensation Committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation.

The Compensation Committee provides NEOs with base salaries to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. The use of base salaries provides stable compensation to officers, allows us to attract high caliber executive talent and provides a base upon which officers may be rewarded for individual performance. Base salaries for NEOs are determined based on positions and responsibilities using market data and considering individual performance, company-wide performance, future contribution potential, peer compensation levels and internal equity issues. The weight given to each of these factors can vary from individual to individual and from period to period. The Compensation Committee does not allocate specific, predetermined weighting to individual factors. Base salaries are intended to be set at levels that, in combination with other forms of compensation, offer the potential to attract, retain, and motivate qualified individuals. Base salaries are targeted to be moderate yet competitive.



Peer Group

When evaluating the future contribution potential of an executive officer, the Compensation Committee considers both past contribution and anticipated contributions to our future success. To a lesser extent, the Compensation Committee takes note, on an informal basis, of the competitive rates of pay in the corporate community, generally, and the relative standing of our compensatory practices in a peer group of similarly sized business software and healthcare information technology companies. The composition of this peer group is based on revenue, market capitalization, number of employees and other available data. For setting fiscal year 2021 compensation the following peer group (“Peer Group”) was used:  

ACI Worldwide, Inc.

 

changes in government healthcare policies and regulations, such as the shift from fee-for-service reimbursement to value-based reimbursement;Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

 

accounting policies concerning the timing of the recognition of revenue;Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

the availability and cost of system components;Blackbaud, Inc.

 

the financial stability of clients;Castlight Health, Inc.

 

market acceptance of new products, applications and product enhancements;CommVault Systems, Inc.

 

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products, applications and product enhancements;Computer Programs & Systems, Inc.

 

our success in expanding our sales and marketing programs;Fair Isaac Corporation

 

deferrals of client orders in anticipation of new products, applications, product enhancements, or public/private sector initiatives;HMS Holdings Corp.

 

execution of or changes to our strategy;Manhattan Associates Inc.

 

personnel changes;MicroStrategy Incorporated

Omnicell, Inc.

Progress Software Corporation

PROS Holdings

SPS Commerce, Inc.

The Peer Group companies all have similarly-sized revenue and employee count range as our Company at the time data were reviewed for fiscal year 2021 compensation decisions, with the Peer Group companies’ revenue ranging between approximately 0.2 times and 3.3 times our Company’s estimated fiscal year 2021 revenue

The Compensation Committee does not rely solely on benchmark data and does not target a specific percentile, although our CEO’s actual total direct compensation value was about 7% below the median.

Balanced Pay Opportunities

The Compensation Committee evaluates our compensation program annually to ensure it provides balanced and reasonable pay opportunities. In designing our compensation program, our Compensation Committee is guided by the following compensation principles:

Performance-based equity awards.  During fiscal year 2021, our Compensation Committee continued the practice of making performance-based equity awards to our NEOs.  The PSUs were ~60% of the NEO equity value in fiscal year 2021 and vest after three years upon the achievement of specified long-term performance goals, including increasing fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue goals, subject to modification up or down based on cumulative 3-year total shareholder return.

Total direct compensation value for CEO below the peer group median. We believe this compensation value constitutes a restrained compensation philosophy in the midst of effecting a corporate transformation.

Selective use of employment agreements and severance arrangements. Our former President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Frantz, was the only NEO that was party to an employment agreement. All of our other NEOs are subject to change of control severance agreements that provide severance payments and other benefits in connection with a change of control of the Company, but only if the NEO is terminated by the Company without “cause”, or terminates his or her employment for “good reason” within the two month period before or 18 month period after a “change in control” of the Company.


Limited perquisites; no tax gross-ups. We do not provide any significant perquisites to our NEOs, other than gym membership reimbursement, as well as an allowance to our Chief Financial Officer pursuant to his employment offer letter for a corporate apartment that was shared with another member of our leadership team, as detailed in the Summary Compensation Table. We do not provide tax gross-ups to our NEOs in connection with perquisites or benefits.  

No corporate aircraft.  We do not provide a corporate aircraft for personal travel to any of our NEOs.

Executive stock ownership policy.We have an executive stock ownership policy designed to align our NEOs’ long-term interests with those of our shareholders and to discourage excessive risk taking. The policy requires our CEO to achieve a stock ownership level of six times base salary, while the other NEOs must achieve stock ownership levels of two times base salary. Executive officers who have not achieved the ownership requirements within five years are required to hold 100% of their after-tax profit shares acquired upon option exercises or following the vesting of other shares.

Executive compensation recovery policy (“clawback”).  Our incentive recoupment policy provides that all cash and equity incentive compensation awarded to our NEOs may be recovered in the event of a financial restatement or intentional misconduct by the NEO.

Commitment to Strong Governance Standards

We are committed to maintaining good corporate governance standards with respect to our compensation program, procedures and practices. As such, our Company’s and Compensation Committee’s practices include the following:

Independent compensation committee. Our Compensation Committee designs and oversees our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors.

Annual say-on-pay advisory vote.  Since 2011, we have held annual say-on-pay advisory votes in accordance with good governance practices and to maintain accountability to our shareholders.

Performance goals. A significant portion of our NEOs’ compensation is in the form of performance-based annual cash and equity incentives that are earned upon the attainment of pre-established financial goals. These goals are tied directly to the Company’s measurable performance and designed to align the interests of our executives with those of our shareholders. All goals reflected growth over prior year performance.

Risk oversight. Our Compensation Committee oversees and periodically assesses the risks associated with our compensation structure, program and practices to ensure they do not encourage excessive risk-taking.

Authority to engage independent consultants. Our Compensation Committee has the authority to engage its own independent compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisers to assist in designing and assessing our executive compensation program and pay practices. For fiscal year 2021, our Compensation Committee engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. as its independent compensation consultant.

Prohibition on speculative trading. Board members, officers and employees are prohibited under the Company’s insider trading policy from engaging in short-term or speculative transactions in our Company’s shares.  This includes a prohibition on pledging and hedging transactions.

Base Salary

Salary levels are considered annually as part of our Compensation Committee’s performance review process. Fiscal year 2021 salaries were not increased from fiscal year 2020 levels. Fiscal year 2021 base salaries were as follows:

John R. Frantz - $675,000

James R. Arnold - $500,000

David A. Metcalfe - $475,000

Jeffrey D. Linton - $385,000

In light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the NEOs reduced their base salary from May 16, 2020 to September 30, 2020 with Messrs. Frantz and Arnold reducing salary by 20% and Messrs. Metcalfe and Linton reducing their salaries by 10%.



Cash Bonuses

The cash incentive bonus compensation component of the fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program was based on two performance measures: Revenue and Non-GAAP EPS. For a reconciliation of non-GAAP performance measures to the more directly comparable GAAP measures, see the section below captioned “Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation.”

Bonus Metrics and Goals

Under our fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program cash incentive bonus program, each of our NEOs was eligible for a cash incentive bonus based on two performance measures, weighted equally: (i) Revenue for fiscal year 2021, and (ii) Non-GAAP EPS for fiscal year 2021. The metrics are the same as in fiscal year 2020 and were used because the Company believes that it is critical to both increase top-line contribution and that the revenue should be profitable for shareholders.  These annual performance metrics are the same measures of financial performance that the Company reports to its shareholders on a quarterly basis, except that all expenses and dilutive shares associated with acquisitions or divestitures that close during the fiscal year are not included in the calculation of these performance measures for purposes of executive compensation.  These performance measures recognize success on execution of our business plan, which is focused on increasing long-term revenue growth and operating margin, and which we believe will create long-term value for our shareholders.

The following table sets forth the potential cash incentive bonuses payable to each of our NEOs under the fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program. Each NEOs’ target cash bonus opportunity level for fiscal year 2021 remained at the same level as in fiscal year 2020.

Name

 

Target Cash Bonus

as % of Base Salary

 

 

Target Cash

Bonus Amount

 

 

Rusty Frantz

 

 

110

%

 

$

742,500

 

 

James R. Arnold

 

 

80

%

 

 

400,000

 

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

75

%

 

 

356,250

 

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

70

%

 

 

269,500

 

 

For each of our executive officers, (i) 50% of the potential cash incentive bonus was based on the Revenue performance measure, and (ii) 50% of the potential cash incentive bonus was based on the Non-GAAP EPS performance measure. They are weighted equally because they are viewed as equally important.  Each executive officer was able to earn 100% of their bonus target relating to Revenue for achieving $538.0 million of annual revenue. The Revenue goal was based on the annual budget, which includes the Company’s transformation strategy. The plan pays 100% of the target bonus relating to the Non-GAAP EPS performance measure for achieving $0.84 in Non-GAAP EPS, which was viewed as quite challenging as the Company works to shift its business mix while investing in future growth opportunities.  The Revenue goal reflected a slight reduction over fiscal year 2020 performance in light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic while the Non-GAAP EPS goal reflected a slight increase over the prior year.

The table below depicts the performance schedule and payout range of the Revenue and Non-GAAP EPS performance measures for the fiscal year 2021 cash incentive bonus program. For fiscal year 2021, the maximum payout was reduced from 150% of the target amount to 120% of the target amount in light of the revenue goal being less than prior year because of COVID uncertainty.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corresponding Payout

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Schedule

 

 

 

Range (% of Target)

 

 

 

Weight

 

 

 

Thresh.

 

 

Goal

 

 

Max.

 

Thresh.

 

 

Goal

 

 

Max.

 

Revenue ($M)

 

50

%

 

$

525.0

 

$

538.0

 

$

544.0

 

0

%

 

100

%

 

120

%

Non-GAAP EPS

 

50

%

 

$

0.756

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.88

 

0

%

 

100

%

 

120

%

Outcomes

Cash incentives that could be earned in fiscal year 2021 were calculated according to formula-based outcomes based on pre-established goals that were set by the Compensation Committee with discretionary adjustments based upon individual performance factors. Our Revenue for fiscal year 2021 was $556.8 million, compared with $540.2 million for fiscal year 2020. Our Non-GAAP EPS for fiscal year 2021 was $0.98, compared to $0.83 for fiscal year 2020. Accordingly, the Revenue performance measure and the adjusted Non-GAAP EPS performance measure exceeded the maximum of the funding schedule.  Based on the combined achievements of the performance measures, the NEOs earned cash incentive bonus payments at 120% of the applicable combined target levels.  Taking into account individual performance factors, the Compensation Committee increased Mr. Metcalfe’s cash incentive to 126% and decreased Mr. Linton’s cash incentive to 118%.


The cash incentive bonus payment outcomes for our NEOs are set forth in the table below.

Name

 

Target Cash Bonus

 

 

Cash Bonus Earned

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

742,500

 

 

$

891,000

 

James R. Arnold

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

480,000

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

356,250

 

 

 

448,875

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

269,500

 

 

 

316,932

 

Equity Compensation

Equity-based compensation aligns the interests of our management team with those of our shareholders by encouraging long-term performance. During the second half of fiscal year 2021, following its assessment of our executive compensation program and competitive market practice, the Compensation Committee approved the equity component of our fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee granted our NEOs equity awards in the form of (i) of restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), with strictly time-based vesting, and (ii) performance stock units (“PSUs”), with three-year cliff vesting dependent on long-term performance criteria including fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue performance as modified by three-year total shareholder return.  These awards were granted in October 2020.  The RSAs align our NEOs to our shareholders’ interests and foster our NEOs’ long-term retention.  The PSUs, with their performance-based three-year vesting features based on fiscal year 2022 and 2023 revenue and modified by three-year total shareholder return, provide an incentive to execute on the Company’s long-term strategy in a manner that drives total shareholder return. For the fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program, forty percent (40%) of the total equity granted was in the form of RSAs and sixty (60%) was in the form of PSUs as opposed to fifty percent (50%) each in the fiscal year 2020 executive compensation program reflecting the Compensation Committee’s emphasis on long-term performance. Multi-year vesting schedules create incentives for our NEOs to sustain performance over the long term and to encourage retention as the Company executes its business strategy. We anticipate continuing this second half of the fiscal year timing pattern for our fiscal year 2022 executive equity awards, which we anticipate making in late calendar year 2021.

Restricted Stock Awards

Under our fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program, the restricted stock awards made in October 2020 vest over three years from October 27, 2020 in annual increments (i.e., 1/3 vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, 1/3 vest on the second anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/3 vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant), subject to continued service through each vesting date. The number of shares of restricted stock granted to each NEO under the fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program is set forth in the table below:

Name

 

RSAs

 

 

Stock Price

 

 

Aggregate

Grant Value

 

Rusty Frantz

 

 

111,429

 

 

$

14.13

 

 

$

1,574,492

 

James R. Arnold

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

14.13

 

 

$

847,800

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

36,858

 

 

$

14.13

 

 

$

520,804

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

22,286

 

 

$

14.13

 

 

$

314,901

 

Performance Stock Units

Under our fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program, the PSUs awarded in October 2020 to our NEOs vest only in the event certain performance goals are achieved and there is continuous service through the date the goals are certified. Approximately 80% of the performance stock units are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2022 revenue goal and 20% are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2023 revenue goal. Performance stock unit awards funded for fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue performance are then subject to modification for cumulative three-year total shareholder return (“TSR”) on the three-year grant anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 8.5% and 199.5% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved.  The PSU revenue goals require growth over fiscal year 2021 revenue.



The goals used for the PSUs differ from the goals used for the cash bonus program because the Company desires to focus management’s short-term incentives on both growth and on cost containment, while it wants to focus long-term rewards on revenue growth that drives total shareholder return.  The goals used for the PSUs emphasize the Company’s long-term strategic plan and require robust ongoing growth to be achieved.  

Name

 

PSUs

(target number)

 

 

Per Share

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

Aggregate

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Rusty Frantz

 

 

167,143

 

 

$

16.25

 

 

$

2,716,074

 

James R. Arnold

 

 

90,000

 

 

$

16.25

 

 

$

1,462,500

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

55,287

 

 

$

16.25

 

 

$

898,414

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

33,429

 

 

$

16.25

 

 

$

543,221

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measure Reconciliation

Under our fiscal year 2021 executive compensation program, the cash incentive bonus performance measures are Revenue and Non-GAAP EPS. These performance measures recognize both long-term value creation and short-term success on execution of our business plan. For these reasons, we believe these are appropriate performance measures for our executive cash incentive bonus plan.

Non-GAAP EPS is a non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) performance measure. A reconciliation of this performance measure to its most directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP is provided below. A presentation of our reconciliation of non-GAAP performance measures with their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is also available in our press release issued on May 26, 2021 and attached as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2021.

Non-GAAP financial measures are provided only as supplemental information. Investors should consider these non-GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with or a substitute for United States GAAP. Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation G, we have provided a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measure in the accompanying financial tables. Other companies may calculate non-GAAP measures differently than we do, which limits comparability between companies. We believe that our presentation of non-GAAP diluted earnings per share provides useful supplemental information to investors and management regarding our financial condition and results. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. We calculate non-GAAP diluted earnings per share by excluding net acquisition costs, amortization of acquired intangible assets, amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, impairment of assets, restructuring costs, net securities litigation defense costs and settlement, share-based compensation, and other non-run-rate expenses from GAAP income before provision for income taxes.  We utilize a normalized non-GAAP tax rate to provide better consistency across the interim reporting periods within a given fiscal year by eliminating the effects of non-recurring and period-specific items, which can vary in size and frequency, and which are not necessarily reflective of the Company’s longer-term operations.

The normalized non-GAAP tax rate applied to each quarter of fiscal year 2021 was 20%. The determination of this rate is based on the consideration of both historic and projected financial results. The Company may adjust its non-GAAP tax rate as additional information becomes available and in conjunction with any other significant events occur that may materially affect this rate, such as merger and acquisition activity, changes in business outlook, or other changes in expectations regarding tax regulations.



A reconciliation of Non-GAAP EPS with GAAP financial measures(in thousands, except per share data) is set forth in the table below:

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Income (loss) before benefit of income taxes - GAAP

$

9,275

 

 

$

4,259

 

Non-GAAP adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition costs, net

 

(1,029

)

 

 

2,112

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

21,109

 

 

 

22,536

 

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

 

1,026

 

 

 

710

 

Impairment of assets

 

5,539

 

 

 

12,571

 

Restructuring costs

 

2,562

 

 

 

2,505

 

Securities litigation defense costs, net of insurance

 

16,274

 

 

 

2,426

 

Share-based compensation

 

22,710

 

 

 

19,694

 

Other non-run-rate expenses*

 

4,754

 

 

 

3,226

 

Total adjustments to GAAP income before provision for

   income taxes:

 

72,945

 

 

 

65,780

 

Income before provision for income taxes - Non-GAAP

 

82,220

 

 

 

70,039

 

Provision for income taxes

 

16,444

 

 

 

15,409

 

Net income - Non-GAAP

$

65,776

 

 

$

54,630

 

Diluted net income per share - Non-GAAP

$

0.98

 

 

$

0.83

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding (diluted):

 

66,885

 

 

 

65,612

 

*

Other non-run-rate expenses for the year ended March 31, 2021 consist primarily of $3,183 excess lease-related expense for vacated facilities, lease termination costs, and other costs, including retention bonuses and severance expense, related to the restructuring plan, $1,472 of professional services costs not related to core operations, and $99 of incremental costs and penalties primarily due to the cancellation of certain events directly associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Other non-run-rate expenses for the year ended March 31, 2020 consist primarily of $2,411 excess lease-related expense for vacated facilities and other costs, including retention bonuses, related to the restructuring plan, $554 of professional services costs not related to core operations, and $261 of incremental costs and penalties primarily due to the cancellation of certain events directly associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Other Executive Compensation Matters

Separation, Termination, and Change of Control Payments

We have entered into change of control severance agreements with our NEOs that take effect if the Company terminates the NEO’s employment without “cause” or if the NEO resigns from employment for “good reason,” and in each case within two months prior to and ending 18 months following a “change of control”.  Also, the equity awards to our NEOs have various vesting acceleration provisions that may be triggered in the event of a qualifying termination of employment and/or a change in control.  

For additional details concerning these matters, please see the section of this Form 10-K/A captioned “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control”.

Other Benefits

We have a 401(k) plan available to substantially all of our employees. Participating employees may defer each year up to the limit set in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The annual company contribution is determined by a formula set by our Board and may include matching and/or discretionary contributions. Matching contributions for the NEOs are included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021.

We have a deferred compensation plan available for the benefit of officers and employees who qualify for inclusion. The plan is described below in connection with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2021.

These retirement plans may be amended or discontinued at the discretion of our Board.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

We do not provide meaningful perquisites to our NEOs, other than gym membership reimbursement and an allowance to our Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to his employment offer letter, for a corporate apartment that was shared with another member of our leadership team, as detailed in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021. We do not provide tax gross-ups to our NEOs in connection with perquisites or benefits.


Executive Stock Ownership Policy

Our executive stock ownership policy requires all executive officers to acquire within five years, and retain for the full duration of their tenure as executive officers, shares of the Company’s common stock with a value of at least six times annual base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and two times annual base salary for our other executive officers. Executive officers who have not achieved the policy requirements within five years are required to hold all of their after-tax profit shares acquired upon option exercises or the vesting of other equity awards.

Insider Trading Policy

We have an insider trading policy that prohibits Board members, officers and employees from transacting in our Company's shares while in the possession of material nonpublic information.  Our policy also prohibits these individuals from engaging in short-term or speculative transactions in our Company’s shares, including short sales, publicly traded options, hedging transactions, holding Company shares in a margin account, pledging Company shares as collateral and standing and limit orders.

Clawback Policy for Compensation Recovery

We have an executive compensation recovery policy that claws back cash and equity incentive compensation awarded to an executive officer if the result of a performance measure upon which such award was based is subsequently restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of the award. If the result of a performance measure was considered in determining the award, but the award was not made on a formulaic basis, the Compensation Committee will determine the appropriate amount of the recovery. In addition, the Compensation Committee has the authority to recover cash and equity incentive compensation if an executive officer engaged in intentional misconduct that contributed to an award of incentive compensation that was greater than would have been awarded in the absence of such misconduct.  The purpose of this policy is to ensure that actual awards earned match actual performance achieved.

Tax Implications – Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year to its Chief Executive Officer and to its current and former NEOs.  For tax years prior to 2018 Section 162(m) did not apply to the Chief Financial Officer, former NEOs or to certain performance-based compensation.  Although the Compensation Committee intends to continue emphasizing performance-based compensation as a means of motivating and aligning or executive’s interests with those of our shareholders, it expects in future to approve and pay compensation that is not tax deductible.  

Accounting Implications - Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based payments in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. For further information regarding our accounting for stock-based payments, refer to Note 15 to the Financial Statements contained in our Original Form 10-K.

for which authority to vote has not been withheld, in accordance with the instruction of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof. If any nominee named on the reverse side declines or is unable to serve as a director, the persons named as proxies shall have the authority to vote for any other person who may be nominated at the instruction and discretion of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof. Continued and to be signed on reverse side

for which authority to vote has not been withheld, in accordance with the instruction of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof. If any nominee named on the reverse side declines or is unable to serve as a director, the persons named as proxies shall have the authority to vote for any other person who may be nominated at the instruction and discretion of the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof. Continued and to be signed on reverse side


Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year EndedMarch 31, 2021

The following table provides certain summary information concerning the compensation for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 for the individuals who served as our principal executive officer (i.e., Mr. Frantz), our principal financial officer (i.e., Mr. Arnold), and the other individuals who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal year 2021 (i.e., Messrs. Metcalfe and Linton) (collectively, the “NEOs”). These are the only four individuals who served as executive officers during our fiscal year 2021.  No executive officers who would otherwise have been includable in the table on the basis of total compensation for fiscal year 2021 have been excluded by reason of their termination of employment or change in officer status during that year.

 

 

 

 

Salary

 

 

Bonus

 

 

Stock Awards

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

 

 

Change in

Pension Value and

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

 

 

All Other

Compensation

 

 

Total

 

Name and Title

 

Fiscal Year

 

($)(1)

 

 

($)

 

 

($) (2)

 

 

($) (2)

 

 

($)

 

 

($) (3)

 

 

($) (4)

 

 

($)

 

Rusty Frantz

 

2021

 

$

624,388

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,290,566

 

 

$

 

 

$

891,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

25,768

 

 

$

5,831,722

 

President and

 

2020

 

 

675,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,261,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

344,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,681

 

 

 

6,306,867

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2019

 

 

675,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,669,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

461,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,346

 

 

 

6,833,956

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

2021

 

 

462,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,310,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

480,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,489

 

 

 

3,303,295

 

Executive Vice President and

 

2020

 

 

498,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,933,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,870

 

 

 

2,687,064

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2019

 

 

440,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,676,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

191,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,198

 

 

 

2,370,491

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

2021

 

 

457,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,419,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

448,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,984

 

 

 

2,338,269

 

Executive Vice President and

 

2020

 

 

468,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,504,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,295

 

 

 

2,172,783

 

Chief Technology Officer

 

2019

 

 

425,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,287,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

184,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,446

 

 

 

1,915,657

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

2021

 

 

370,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

858,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

316,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,215

 

 

 

1,559,836

 

Executive Vice President and

 

2020

 

 

380,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

945,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,733

 

 

 

1,472,306

 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

2019

 

 

347,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

781,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,383

 

 

 

1,297,896

 

(1)

Salaries for fiscal year 2021 reflect our NEOs taking a voluntary reduction in base salary from May 16, 2020 to September 30, 2020 in light of the uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic with Messrs. Frantz and Arnold taking a 20% reduction and Messrs. Metcalfe and Linton taking a 10% reduction.

(2)

The amounts in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of such awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation.

The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 was estimated based on a probability-adjusted achievement rate of fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue performance targets combined with a modifier based on cumulative 3-year total shareholder return on the three-year grant anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 that vest based on the performance goals was determined utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation using the assumptions in the table below:

Grant Date

October 27, 2020

Expected term

3.0 years

Expected volatility

62.7%

Expected dividends

—%

Risk-free rate

0.19%

Amounts shown in the Stock Awards column for fiscal year 2021 include the grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 based on the probable outcome of the applicable performance conditions, assuming a 100% achievement rate, as of the grant date. These values and the value of the PSUs assuming maximum achievement of the performance conditions are set forth in the table below:

Name

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

Assuming Probable

Achievement ($)

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

Assuming Maximum

Achievement ($)

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

2,716,074

 

$

5,418,563

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

1,462,500

 

 

2,917,688

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

898,414

 

 

1,792,343

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

543,221

 

 

1,083,729

 


The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2020 was estimated based on a probability-adjusted achievement rate of fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2022 revenue performance targets combined with a modifier based on cumulative 3-year total shareholder return on the three-year grant anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2020 that vest based on the performance goals was determined utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation using the assumptions in the table below:

Grant Date

 

 

December 26, 2019

 

 

January 27, 2020

 

Expected term

 

 

3.0 years

 

 

2.9 years

 

Expected volatility

 

 

38.4%

 

 

39.0%

 

Expected dividends

 

 

—%

 

 

—%

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

1.64%

 

 

1.40%

 

See Note 15 of our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2021, for additional assumptions used in calculating the amounts on the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns.  

(3)

The amounts reflected in this column represent the amount earned as cash incentive compensation in the fiscal year.

(4)

The amounts reflected in this column represent our Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan, health savings account, long-term disability insurance, gym membership reimbursement and for Mr. Frantz, the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The 401(k) plan contribution amounts for fiscal year 2021 were: Mr. Frantz - $7,500; Mr. Arnold - $6,250; Mr. Metcalfe - $3,811; Mr. Linton - $6,016. The health savings account Company contribution amounts for fiscal year 2021 were: Mr. Frantz - $1,000; Mr. Arnold - $1,000; Mr. Metcalfe - $0; Mr. Linton - $1,500. The long-term disability insurance Company contribution amounts for fiscal year 2021 were: Mr. Frantz - $7,584; Mr. Arnold - $9,752 Mr. Metcalfe - $9,068; Mr. Linton - $6,700. Gym membership reimbursement amounts for fiscal year 2021 were:  Mr. Frantz - $0; Mr. Arnold - $106; Mr. Metcalfe - $106; Mr. Linton - $0. The deferred compensation plan Company contribution amount for fiscal year 2021 for Mr. Frantz was $9,684. In addition, the amount reflected in this column for Mr. Arnold includes $33,381 in reimbursement in fiscal year 2021 for a corporate apartment, as provided for in Mr. Arnold’s employment arrangement, which Mr. Arnold shares with another member of our leadership team.



Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

The following table sets forth information regarding plan-based awards granted to our NEOs during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All

Other

Stock

Awards:

Number

of Shares

of Stock

or Units

 

 

All Other

Option

Awards:

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Options

 

 

Exercise

or Base

Price of

Option

Awards

 

 

Grant

Date Fair

Value of

Stock and

Option

Awards

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Possible Payouts

 

 

Estimated Possible Payouts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under Non-Equity

 

 

Under Equity Incentive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive Plan Awards  (1)

 

 

Plan Awards  (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant

 

Threshold

 

 

Target

 

 

Maximum

 

 

Threshold

Performance

Shares (3)

 

 

Target

Performance

Shares (3)

 

 

Maximum

Performance

Shares (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Date (2)

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(#)

 

 

(#)

 

 

 

 

 

Rusty Frantz

 

10/27/20

 

$

 

 

$

742,500

 

 

$

891,000

 

 

 

71,036

 

 

 

167,143

 

 

 

333,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,716,074

 

 

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

111,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,574,492

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

480,000

 

 

 

38,250

 

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

179,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,462,500

 

 

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

847,800

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

356,250

 

 

 

427,500

 

 

 

23,497

 

 

 

55,287

 

 

 

110,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

898,414

 

 

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

520,804

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

269,500

 

 

 

323,400

 

 

 

14,207

 

 

 

33,429

 

 

 

66,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

543,221

 

 

 

10/27/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314,901

 

(1)

Amounts in these columns represents threshold, target, and maximum cash or share incentive awards possible based on fiscal year 2021 performance under our fiscal year 2021 cash incentive program and the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 as described in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section of this Form 10-K/A . The actual cash incentive compensation paid is included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

(2)

All equity grants in fiscal year 2021 were made under our Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(3)

The amounts set forth in these columns reflect the threshold, target and maximum number of shares that could be issued under the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021, which may be earned based on the Company’s three-year TSR and fiscal year 2022 and 2023 revenue.

(4)

The amounts set forth in this column reflects the grant date fair value of the stock awards, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 was estimated based on a probability-adjusted achievement rate of fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue performance targets combined with a modifier based on cumulative 3-year total shareholder return on the three-year grant anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The grant date fair value of the PSUs granted in fiscal year 2021 that vest based on the performance goals was determined utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation using the assumptions in the table below:

Grant Date

October 27, 2020

Expected term

3.0 years

Expected volatility

62.7%

Expected dividends

—%

Risk-free rate

0.19%

For PSUs, the amount shown is based on the target achievement of the applicable performance goals.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

 

 

Option Awards

  

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

Exercisable

(#)

 

 

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

Unexercisable

(#)

 

 

 

Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Number of

Securities

Underlying Unexercised

Unearned

Options

(#)

 

 

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

 

Number of

Shares or

Units of

Stock That

Have Not

Vested

(#)

 

 

 

Market Value

of Shares

of Stock That

Have Not

Vested

($)(13)

 

 

Equity

Incentive Plan

Awards:

Number of

Unearned

Shares, Units

or Other

Rights That

Have Not

Vested

(#)

 

 

 

Equity

Incentive Plan

Awards:

Market or

Payout Value of Unearned

Shares, Units

or Other

Rights That

Have Not

Vested

($)(13)

 

Rusty Frantz(14)

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12.80

 

 

08/17/23

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.93

 

 

05/24/24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

12.71

 

 

05/31/24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,000

 

 

 

115,000

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

10/31/25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,000

 

(4)

 

 

1,375,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

157,518

 

(6)

 

 

2,851,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

111,429

 

(8)

 

 

2,016,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,500

 

(9)

 

 

316,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119,559

 

(10)

 

 

2,164,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

167,143

 

(12)

 

 

3,025,288

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.60

 

 

03/01/24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,250

 

 

 

43,750

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

10/31/25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,500

 

(5)

 

 

389,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,582

 

(7)

 

 

788,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

(8)

 

 

1,086,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,550

 

(9)

 

 

136,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,503

 

(11)

 

 

932,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,000

 

(12)

 

 

1,629,000

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.20

 

 

02/01/24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

10/31/25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,500

 

(5)

 

 

298,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,300

 

(7)

 

 

620,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,858

 

(8)

 

 

667,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,800

 

(9)

 

 

104,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,547

 

(11)

 

 

715,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,287

 

(12)

 

 

1,000,695

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

101,250

 

 

 

33,750

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

14.38

 

 

12/04/25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

(5)

 

 

181,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,199

 

(7)

 

 

401,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,286

 

(8)

 

 

403,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

(9)

 

 

63,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,912

 

(11)

 

 

432,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,429

 

(12)

 

 

605,065

 

(1)

Option was granted May 31, 2016 and vests in five equal, annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest on May 31, 2021.

(2)

Option was granted October 31, 2017 and vests in four equal, annual installments commencing one year after the grant date.  Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest on October 31, 2021.

(3)

Option was granted December 4, 2017 and vests in four equal, annual installments commencing on one year after the grant date.  Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are schedule to vest on December 4, 2021.

(4)

Restricted stock award was granted October 23, 2018. These shares of restricted stock vest over four years from the date of grant in semi-annual increments as follows: 15% vest at 6 months; 15% vest at 12 months; 15% vest at 18 months; 15% vest at 24 months; 15% vest at 30 months, 15% vest at 36 months; 5% vest at 42 months; and 5% vest at 48 months.

(5)

Restricted stock award was granted October 23, 2018. These shares vest in four equal, annual installments, with the first vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant. Accordingly, the remaining unvested shares are scheduled to vest on October 23, 2021 and October 23, 2022.

(6)

Restricted stock award was granted January 27, 2020. These shares of restricted stock vest over three years from December 26, 2019 in semi-annual increments as follows: 16.66% vest at 6 months; 16.66% vest at 12 months; 16.66% vest at 18 months; 16.66% vest at 24 months; 16.66% vest at 30 months and 16.70% vest at 36 months.


(7)

Restricted stock award was granted December 26, 2019. These shares of restricted stock vest over three years from the date of grant in semi-annual increments as follows: 16.66% vest at 6 months; 16.66% vest at 12 months; 16.66% vest at 18 months; 16.66% vest at 24 months; 16.66% vest at 30 months and 16.70% vest at 36 months.

(8)

Restricted stock award was granted October 27, 2020. These shares vest in three equal, annual installments, with the first vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant. Accordingly, the remaining unvested shares are scheduled to vest on October 26, 2021, October 26, 2022 and October 26, 2023.

(9)

Represent performance stock unit awards granted on October 23, 2018, which are tied to the Company’s cumulative 3-year TSR goals. The number of shares to be issued may vary between fifty percent and two hundred percent of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The number of shares shown in the table assumes the attainment of the goals at threshold or 50% of target, based on the Company’s life to date TSR from the award grant date through March 31, 2021, which fell below threshold. The performance stock unit awards granted on October 23, 2018, which were tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2021 adjusted revenues and adjusted EPS goals are not shown in this table as threshold performance was not achieved.

(10)

Represent performance stock unit awards granted on January 27, 2020, which are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2021 and 2022 revenues and modified for cumulative 3-year total shareholder returns on the three-year anniversary. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 42.5% and 172.5% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The number of shares shown in the table assumes the attainment of the goals at 100% achievement of revenue and cumulative 3-year total shareholder return targets.

(11)

Represent performance stock unit awards granted on December 26, 2019, which are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2021 and 2022 revenues and modified for cumulative 3-year TSR on the three-year anniversary. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 42.5% and 172.5% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The number of shares shown in the table assumes the attainment of the goals at 100% achievement of revenue and cumulative 3-year total shareholder return targets.

(12)

Represent performance stock unit awards granted on October 27, 2020, which are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2022 and 2023 revenues and modified for cumulative 3-year TSR on the three-year anniversary. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 8.5% and 199.5% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The number of shares shown in the table assumes the attainment of the goals at 100% achievement of revenue and cumulative 3-year total shareholder return targets.

(13)

Calculated by multiplying $18.10, the closing price of a share of our common stock on March 31, 2021, the last trading day of the fiscal year, by the number of unvested shares subject to the award.

(14)

Mr. Frantz’s employment terminated on June 18, 2021 and on such date he forfeited all unvested equity awards.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised and stock awards vested during fiscal year 2021 for our NEOs. Value realized on option exercise is based on the difference between the per share exercise price and the closing sale price of a share of our common stock on the exercise date.  The value realized on vesting of stock awards is based on the closing sale price of a share of common stock on the vesting date.

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Named Executive Officer

 

Number of

Shares

Acquired on 

Exercise

(#)

 

 

Value Realized

on Exercise

($)

 

 

Number of

Shares

Acquired on 

Vesting

(#)

 

 

 

Value Realized

on Vesting

($)

 

Rusty Frantz

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

160,712

 

 

 

$

2,304,842

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,528

 

 

 

 

836,910

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,307

 

 

 

 

604,144

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,094

 

 

 

 

233,861

 

Pension Benefits

We do not have any plans that provide for payments or other benefits at, following or in connection with the retirement of any NEO.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

The following table sets forth information regarding our defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation for any NEO on a basis that is not tax-qualified. Participating employees may defer between 5% and 50% of their compensation per plan year. In addition, we may, but are not required to, make contributions into the deferral plan on behalf of participating employees. Each employee’s deferrals together with earnings thereon are accrued as part of the long-term liabilities of our Company. Investment decisions are made by each participating employee from a family of mutual funds. To offset this liability, we have purchased life insurance policies on some of our participants. We are the owner and beneficiary of the policies and the cash values are intended to produce cash needed to help make the benefit payments to employees when they retire or otherwise leave our Company. Distributions will be paid out to participants either upon retirement, death, termination of employment or upon termination of the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Distribution will generally equal the deferral amount plus or minus earnings or losses and will be in the form of a lump sum of five annual installments as elected by the participant should the account balance exceed $25,000.

Named Executive Officer

 

Executive

Contributions

in Last

Fiscal Year

($)(1)

 

 

Registrant

Contributions

in Last Fiscal

Year

($)(2)

 

 

Aggregate

Earnings in

Last Fiscal

Year

($)(3)

 

 

Aggregate

Withdrawals/

Distributions

($)

 

 

Aggregate

Balance

at Last Fiscal

Year End

($)(4)

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

7,494

 

 

$

11,875

 

 

$

86,502

 

 

$

 

 

$

597,330

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents amounts the NEO elected to defer in fiscal year 2021, which are deferred from compensation earned in fiscal year 2021 and therefore reported in the appropriate columns in the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)

Represents amounts credited in fiscal year 2021 as Company contributions to the deferred compensation plan and are also reported in the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

(3)

These amounts do not represent above-market earnings and are therefore not reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

(4)

$23,871 of this amount was previously reported as compensation for Mr. Frantz in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2021.



Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control

The following discussion describes and illustrates potential payments to our NEOs under existing contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements, whether written or unwritten, for various scenarios involving a change-in-control or termination of employment, assuming a March 31, 2021 termination date.

CEO Executive Employment Agreement Addendum – Rusty Frantz – Severance Benefits Outside Change of Control

Effective January 22, 2019, the Company and Mr. Frantz entered into an addendum of Mr. Frantz’s employment agreement effective July 1, 2015.  The addendum provides Mr. Frantz with certain severance benefits, under certain circumstances, in the event that his employment is terminated outside the context of a “change of control” of the Company. Under the terms of the addendum, if the Company terminates Mr. Frantz’s employment without “cause” or if Mr. Frantz resigns from employment for “good reason,” and in each case such termination does not occur during the period commencing two months prior to and ending 18 months following a “change of control”, then subject to Mr. Frantz signing a release and various other customary conditions, Mr. Frantz will receive the following:

Accrued compensation, including all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, earned but unpaid cash bonus for any completed performance period, and other benefits due under any Company-provided plans, policies and arrangements.

Severance payment (less applicable holdings) equal to 150% of Mr. Frantz’s annual base salary, plus target bonus, paid in a lump sum on the 60th day following the termination date.

Pro-rated bonus, paid in a lump sum within 30 days after the date on which Mr. Frantz’s bonus would otherwise have been payable, in an amount equal to the product of (a) the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Frantz would have earned for the entire fiscal year in which the termination occurs, based on the level of achievement of the applicable performance goals for such year, as determined in good faith by the Company’s compensation committee (or, in the discretion of the Company, Mr. Frantz’s target annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs), multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Mr. Frantz was employed by the Company during the fiscal year in which the termination occurs and the denominator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year.

Vesting of the portion of unvested equity awards (but not of any awards subject to performance conditions) that would have vested within eighteen months of the termination date.

Continuation of benefits coverage pursuant to COBRA if Mr. Frantz and his eligible dependents for a period of up to eighteen months from the termination date.

Assuming a qualifying termination as of March 31, 2021, Mr. Frantz would have been eligible for the following payments under the employment agreement addendum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Benefit of Unvested Equity Awards Subject to Vesting

 

Named Executive Officer

 

 

Severance

 

 

Continuation of

Health Benefits

 

 

Cash Bonus

 

Number of

Unvested Stock

Options Subject
to Vesting

 

 

Estimated

Benefit of

Unvested Stock

Options Subject
to Vesting (1)

 

Number of

Unvested

Restricted

Stock Awards

Subject to

Vesting

 

 

Estimated

Benefit of

Unvested

Restricted Stock

Awards Subject

to Vesting (2)

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

2,126,250

 

$

39,774

 

$

891,000

 

135,000

 

$

571,250

 

221,711

 

$

4,012,969

 

(1)

The estimated benefit was calculated by multiplying the number of unvested stock options subject to accelerated vesting by any positive difference between the closing price of our common stock on March 31, 2021, the last trading day of the fiscal year, which was $18.10, and the exercise price of the option.

(2)

The estimated benefit was calculated by multiplying the number of unvested restricted stock awards subject to accelerated vesting multiplied by the closing share price of our common stock on March 31, 2021, the last trading day of the fiscal year, which was $18.10.



Change in Control Severance Agreements

Effective December 27, 2016, the Company entered into change of control severance agreements with each of the NEOs, except Mr. Linton whose severance agreement became effective soon after his appointment to the Company in December 2017. Additional information on these agreements can be found in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K/A. Under the change in control severance agreements, if the NEO is terminated by the Company without “cause”, or terminates his or her employment for “good reason” within the two-month period before or 18-month period after a “change in control” of the Company, he or she is entitled to the following benefits:

Mr. Frantz: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to 150% of base salary and target bonus, (ii) 18 months of Company-paid continuation health benefits, (iii) prorated current year cash bonus based on actual performance (or, in the discretion of the Company, prorated target bonus) and (iv) certain other limited benefits, including outplacement services and legal fee reimbursement.

Other NEOs: (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to 100% of base salary and target bonus, (ii) 12 months of Company-paid continuation health benefits, (iii) prorated current year cash bonus based on actual performance (or, in the discretion of the Company, prorated target bonus) and (iv) certain other limited benefits, including outplacement services and legal fee reimbursement.

Assuming a change in control followed by a qualifying termination as of March 31, 2021, our NEOs would have been eligible for the following payments under the change of control severance agreements.

Named Executive Officer

 

Severance (1)

 

 

Continuation of

Health Benefits (2)

 

 

Cash

Bonus (3)

 

 

Outplacement

Services (4)

 

 

Legal Fee

Reimbursement (4)

 

 

Total

 

Rusty Frantz(5)

 

$

2,126,250

 

 

$

39,774

 

 

$

891,000

 

 

$

42,000

 

 

$

5,000

 

 

$

3,104,024

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

900,000

 

 

 

26,516

 

 

 

480,000

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

1,453,516

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

831,250

 

 

 

19,728

 

 

 

448,875

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

1,346,853

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

654,500

 

 

 

24,630

 

 

 

316,932

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

1,043,062

 

(1)

These amounts are calculated based on fiscal year 2021 salary and target bonus amounts, both at 100%, with the exception for Mr. Frantz as his salary amount is calculated at 150%.

(2)

These amounts are calculated based on actual average monthly health coverage costs for each respective NEO for fiscal year 2021 and multiplied by 18 months for Mr. Frantz and 12 months for the other NEOs.

(3)

These amounts are actual cash bonus earned for fiscal year 2021, which ended on March 31, 2021.

(4)

The amounts in these columns represent the maximum amount of benefits that would be reimbursed to each respective NEO upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control.

(5)

Mr. Frantz’s employment terminated on June 18, 2021

Performance Stock Unit Awards Granted in October 2018

Effective October 23, 2018, the Company granted performance stock units (“PSUs”) to Messrs. Frantz, Arnold, Metcalfe, and Linton. Pursuant to the terms of the PSUs, the PSUs subject to vesting based on the Company’s achievement of EPS and revenue will accelerate immediately prior to a change in control based on the greater of (i) target or (ii) the Company’s achievement of the applicable performance goals during the 12 months prior to such change in control, and the PSUs subject to vesting based on the Company’s TSR will accelerate immediately prior to a change in control based on the Company’s actual achievement of the CAGR TSR through the date of the change in control.

Acceleration of October 2018 PSUs - Upon a Change in Control

Assuming a change of control as of March 31, 2021, our NEOs would no have been eligible to receive the value of accelerated vesting under the PSUs granted in October 2018 because the financial metrics had not been met for either fiscal year 2020 or fiscal year 2021.

Performance Stock Unit Awards Granted in December 2019/January 2020

The Company granted PSUs to Messrs. Arnold, Metcalfe, and Linton effective December 26, 2019 and to Mr. Frantz, effective January 27, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the PSUs, the PSUs are subject to vesting based on the Company’s achievement of fiscal year 2021 and 2022 revenue goals and will accelerate immediately prior to a change in control based on the greater of (i) target or (ii) the Company’s achievement of the applicable revenue goals during the 12 months prior to such change in control, and based on the Company’s actual achievement of the TSR through the date of the change in control.



Acceleration of December 2019/January 2020 PSUs - Upon a Change in Control

Assuming a change of control as of March 31, 2021, our NEOs would have been eligible to receive the value of accelerated vesting under the PSUs granted in December 2019 and January 2020 as follows.

Named Executive Officer

 

Value of Accelerated PSAs (1)

 

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

2,164,018

 

(2)

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

932,204

 

(3)

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

715,801

 

(4)

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

432,807

 

(5)

(1)

Monetary value is calculated based on the estimated earned shares and our $18.10 market close stock price as of March 31, 2021, the last trading day of the fiscal year.

(2)

Value consists of PSUs granted on January 27, 2020 with 119,559 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.

(3)

Value consists of PSUs granted on December 26, 2019 with 51,503 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021based on target achievement.

(4)

Value consists of PSUs granted on December 26, 2019 with 39,547 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021based on target achievement.

(5)

Value consists of PSUs granted on December 26, 2019 with 23,912 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.

Performance Stock Unit Awards Granted in October 2020

The Company granted PSUs to Messrs. Frantz, Arnold, Metcalfe, and Linton effective October 27, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the PSUs, the PSUs are subject to vesting based on the Company’s achievement of fiscal year 2022 and 2023 revenue goals and will accelerate immediately prior to a change in control based on the greater of (i) target or (ii) the Company’s achievement of the applicable revenue goals during the 12 months prior to such change in control, and based on the Company’s actual achievement of the TSR through the date of the change in control.

Acceleration of October 2020 PSUs - Upon a Change in Control

Assuming a change of control as of March 31, 2021, our NEOs would have been eligible to receive the value of accelerated vesting under the PSUs granted in October 2020 as follows.

Named Executive Officer

 

Value of Accelerated PSAs (1)

 

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

3,025,288

 

(2)

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

1,629,000

 

(3)

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

1,000,695

 

(4)

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

605,065

 

(5)

(1)

Monetary value is calculated based on the estimated earned shares and our $18.10 market close stock price as of March 31, 2021, the last trading day of the fiscal year.

(2)

Value consists of PSUs granted on October 27, 2020 with 167,143 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.

(3)

Value consists of PSUs granted on October 27, 2020 with 90,000 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.

(4)

Value consists of PSUs granted on October 27, 2020 with 55,287 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.

(5)

Value consists of PSUs granted on October 27, 2020 with 33,429 shares eligible for acceleration as of March 31, 2021 based on target achievement.



Stock Award Exercisability Upon Termination or Change of Control – Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan General Provisions

Types of Awards: Our Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (our “2015 Plan”) provides for the issuance of numerous types of stock-based awards, including without limitation, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, other stock awards, and performance awards that may be settled in cash, stock, or other property.

Termination of Employment: Under our 2015 Plan, vesting and exercisability of restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards generally terminates upon termination of employment, except as may be provided in the applicable award agreements or other agreements between the Company and the participation. Under our 2015 Plan vesting and exercisability of stock options and stock appreciation rights upon termination of employment, outside of a change of control context as discussed under “Termination Following Change of Control” below, generally has the consequences set forth in the table below, except as may be provided in the applicable award agreements or other agreements between the Company and the participant.

Reason for Termination of Employment

Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Right Exercisability

Consequences Under 2015 Plan

Voluntary resignation by employee or termination without cause by us

Unvested options and stock appreciation rights terminate immediately upon termination of employment. Options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent vested prior to termination) remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or three months after termination of employment.

Termination for cause by us

Unvested and vested options and stock appreciation rights terminate and become unexercisable upon termination of employment.

Disability

Options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent vested prior to termination) remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or twelve months after termination of employment.

Death

Options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent vested prior to termination) remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or eighteen months after termination of employment.

Board Powers: Under our 2015 Plan, our Board has the power to accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an award may be exercised or vest, and to amend the terms of any award in any way that does not impair a participant’s rights under the award.

Change in Control: Under our 2015 Plan, in the event of a change of control or corporate transaction as defined in our 2015 Plan, awards do not automatically vest; however, and unless otherwise provided for in the award agreement or otherwise expressly provided for at the time of grant, the Board in its discretion may take any of the following actions with respect to any award: (i) arrange for the surviving or acquiring corporation to assume or substitute the award; (ii) arrange for the assignment or lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights pertaining to the award; (iii) accelerate the award’s vesting in whole or in part; (iv) cancel any unvested or unexercised award in exchange for cash; or (v) pay the award holder the value of the excess of the award’s value in the transaction over the award’s exercise price.

Termination Following Change of Control:  Our 2015 Plan provides that a stock award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a qualifying termination that occurs in connection with a change of control as may be provided in the stock award agreement or other written agreement with the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur. However, our form stock option and restricted stock award agreements under our 2015 Plan used for all grants to our employees, including our NEOs, state that the vesting and exercisability of awards granted thereunder will be accelerated in full if a grantee experiences a qualifying termination (i.e., an involuntary termination without cause or a voluntary termination with good reason) within twelve months of a change in control, as such terms are defined in the award agreements.



Acceleration Upon Termination in Connection with a Change of Control - 2015 Plan Awards (Not Including PSUs Awarded in October 2018, PSUs Awarded in December 2019/January 2020, or PSUs Awarded in October 2020 Which are Discussed Above)

Assuming a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control on March 31, 2021, our NEOs would have been eligible for the following payments based on accelerated vesting of stock awards issued under our 2015 Plan. The table below does not include information concerning the PSUs awarded in October 2018, PSUs Awarded in December 2019/January 2020 or PSUs Awarded in October 2020 which are covered above.

Named Executive Officer

 

Value of Accelerated Plan

Awards (1)

 

 

Rusty Frantz

 

$

8,687,041

 

(2)

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

3,055,859

 

(3)

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

2,220,110

 

(4)

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

1,597,054

 

(5)

(1)

Monetary value is calculated based on the unvested outstanding awards and our $18.10 market close stock price as of March 31, 2021 (the last trading day of the fiscal year), excluding the December 2016 RSA and PSA awards, the October 2018 PSU awards, the December 2019/January 2020 PSU awards, and the October 2020 PSU awards discussed above.

(2)

Value consists of 20,000 unvested options granted on May 31, 2016 with an exercise price of $12.71, 115,000 unvested options granted on October 31, 2017 with an exercise price of $14.07, restricted stock awards granted on October 23, 2018 with 76,000 shares, restricted stock awards granted on January 27, 2020 with 157,518 shares and restricted stock awards granted on October 27, 2020 with 111,429 shares.

(3)

Value consists of 43,750 unvested options granted on October 31, 2017 with an exercise price of $14.07 and restricted stock awards granted on October 23, 2018 with 21,500 shares, restricted stock awards granted on December 26, 2019 with 43,582 shares and restricted stock awards granted on October 27, 2020 with 60,000 shares.

(4)

Value consists of 35,000 unvested options granted on October 31, 2017 with an exercise price of $14.07 and restricted stock awards granted on October 23, 2018 with 16,500 shares, restricted stock awards granted on December 26, 2019 with 34,300 shares and restricted stock awards granted on October 27, 2020 with 36,858 shares.

(5)

Value consists of 33,750 unvested options granted on December 4, 2017 with an exercise price of $14.38 and restricted stock awards granted on October 23, 2018 with 10,000 shares, restricted stock awards granted on December 26, 2019 with 22,199 shares and restricted stock awards granted on October 27, 2020 with 22,286 shares.  

Separation Agreement with Frantz

Effective June 19, 2021, the Company and Mr. Frantz entered into a separation agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Frantz, in exchange for a general release of claims and his agreement to various other customary restrictive covenants, will be eligible to receive the benefits provided for under the addendum to Mr. Frantz’s employment agreement dated January 22, 2019, consisting of a lump sum severance payment of $2,126,250 (representing 150% of Mr. Frantz’s annual base salary plus target bonus as currently in effect), continued health coverage at Company expense for up to 18 months, and the accelerated vesting of those time-based equity awards that would have vested within 18 months of his last day of employment. Mr. Frantz will not, however, receive a prorated target bonus for fiscal year 2022. All of Mr. Frantz’s other equity awards, including any performance-based equity awards, were cancelled on his last day of employment.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021

In July 2020, our Compensation Committee recommended, and in August 2020, our Board approved, our fiscal year 2021 Director Compensation Program. Under the program, each non-employee director is paid an annual cash retainer fee and Board and committee chairs are paid additional fees according to the chart below. Nominating & Governance Committee, Compensation Committee, and Audit Committee members receive $2,000 for each meeting attended. The Company has a Special Transactions Committee that meets only on an as-needed basis, with the chairperson (Mr. Margolis) receiving a $5,000 cash fee per meeting attended and other members receiving a $3,000 cash fee per meeting attended. Under the director compensation program, each non-employee director is awarded shares of restricted common stock upon election or re-election to the Board in the amounts set forth in the chart below. The shares are valued at the price of the Company’s common stock at the close of trading on the date of the director’s election or re-election to the Board. The restricted shares are issued according to the standard form award agreement pursuant to the Company’s then-current equity incentive plan and carry a restriction requiring that the shares vest on the date of the earlier of (a) one year from the date of grant, or (b) the date of the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders following the director’s election or re-election to the Board. Vesting of the restricted shares will be accelerated in the event of the director’s death or disability, or upon a change of control of the Company. The restricted shares will be granted on a pro-rata basis for directors appointed to serve less than a full year. Additionally, the program requires that each director must own a minimum number of shares of the Company’s common stock (to include common stock purchased on the open market, unvested restricted stock, and deferred shares) valued in an amount equal to at least four times the value of the director’s annual cash retainer compensation. Directors who were on our Board at the time the Company’s fiscal year 2017 Director Compensation Plan was adopted must satisfy this ownership requirement within five years of adoption of the Company’s fiscal year 2017 Director Compensation Plan. New directors who joined our Board following the adoption of the Company’s fiscal year 2017 Director Compensation Plan must satisfy this ownership requirement


within five years of their election to the Board. For fiscal year 2021, all directors were in compliance with the ownership requirements. Our non-employee directors are eligible for Company provided COBRA health insurance coverage, for which they are required to pay the full fair market value. For fiscal year 2021, only Mr. Razin elected to receive coverage. The elements of the 2021 Director Compensation Program are set forth in the table below.

Director Compensation

Program

Category of Director

 

Employee

Director

(Tier 0)

 

 

Non-

Employee

Director –

Base

Compensation

(Tier 1)

 

 

Nominating

&

Governance

Committee

Chairperson

Additional

Compensation

(Tier 2)

 

 

Compensation

Committee

Chairperson

Additional

Compensation

(Tier 3)

 

 

Audit

Committee

Chairman -

Additional

Compensation

(Tier 4)

 

 

Vice Chairman –

Additional

Compensation

(Tier 5)

 

 

Board

Chairperson

and Chairman

Emeritus -

Additional

Compensation

(Tier 6)

 

Annual Base

   Compensation

 

$

 

 

$

90,000

 

 

$

12,000

 

 

$

15,000

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

35,000

 

 

$

40,000

 

Value of Restricted

   Shares

 

$

 

 

$

165,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

$

40,000

 

Fiscal Year 2021 Director Compensation Program Terms:

(a)

Meeting attendance is expected to be at or near a 100% level.

(b)

In addition to annual cash retainer compensation, each non-employee director is to be paid a $2,000 cash fee each Nominating & Governance Committee, Compensation Committee and Audit Committee meeting attended.

(c)

Pay Tiers: Tier 0 is for directors who are full-time employees of the Company. Tier 1 is the base compensation for non-employee directors. Tier 2 is additional compensation for the Nominating and Governance Committee Chairperson. Tier 3 is additional compensation for the Compensation Committee Chairperson. Tier 4 is additional compensation for the Audit Committee Chairperson. Tier 5 is additional compensation for the Board Vice Chairperson. Tier 6 is additional compensation for the Board Chairperson and Chairman Emeritus.

(d)

In addition to the Company’s standing committees (i.e., Nominating and Governance, Compensation, and Audit) that meet on a regularly scheduled basis, the Company has a Special Transaction Committee that meets only as needed. Special Transaction Committee members receive no additional annual cash retainer compensation. The Special Transaction Committee chairperson receives a $5,000 cash fee per meeting attended, and other members receive a $3,000 cash fee per meeting attended.

(e)

Each director is to be awarded restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (“Restricted Stock”) upon the effective date of the director’s election, re-election, or appointment to the Board and equivalent to the value amounts set forth in the table above. The shares of Restricted Stock will be valued at the price of the Company’s common stock at the close of trading on the effective date of the director’s election, re-election, or appointment to the Board. Grants to new directors appointed other than at the Company’s annual shareholder meeting will have value prorated based on the lesser of (a) time until the next annual shareholder meeting, or (b) time until the anniversary of the preceding annual shareholder meeting.  The Restricted Stock will be issued according to the standard form of the Company’s approved stock agreement and pursuant to the Company’s then-current equity incentive plan and will carry a restriction requiring that the Restricted Stock vest on the date that is the earlier of (a) one year from the date of grant, or (b) the date of the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders following the director’s election or re-election to the Board. Prorated grants made to directors appointed other than at the Company’s annual shareholder meeting will vest upon the sooner to occur of (a) the next annual shareholder meeting, or (b) the anniversary of the prior annual shareholder meeting.  Vesting of the Restricted Stock will be accelerated in the event of the director’s death or disability, or upon a change of control of the Company.

(f)

Directors are subject to a stock ownership guideline to hold shares of the Company’s common stock (to include common stock purchased on the open market, unvested Restricted Stock, vested or unvested deferred shares, and shares owned by immediate family members or trusts) valued in an amount equal to at least four times the value of the director’s annual cash retainer compensation. Current directors are expected to satisfy this ownership guideline within five years of adoption of the Company’s fiscal year 2017 Director Compensation Plan or within five years of any increase to the annual director cash retainer amount. New directors are expected to satisfy this ownership guideline by the fifth annual shareholder meeting after they join the Board.  Compliance with the stock ownership guideline shall be measured annually on a date determined in the Board’s discretion.  Noncompliance with the guideline within a specified period will not result in sanctions; however, in such cases, a director is expected to hold all after-tax profit shares after the vesting of equity awards until the director has achieved compliance (i.e., share sales by a director who is not in compliance with the guidelines at the end of a compliance period shall be limited to sales necessary for tax purposes).

(g)

Base compensation shall be paid quarterly.



Director Compensation

The following table provides information concerning compensation for our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021. Mr. Frantz was an employee while he served as director during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 and thus received no additional compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Frantz as an employee is described elsewhere in this filing.

Director Name

 

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($) (1)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

($)

 

 

Change in

Pension

Value and

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

($)

 

 

All Other

Compensation

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Craig A. Barbarosh

 

$

194,000

 

 

$

205,002

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

399,002

 

George H. Bristol

 

 

156,000

 

 

 

165,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321,008

 

Julie D. Klapstein

 

 

112,000

 

 

 

165,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

277,008

 

James C. Malone

 

 

94,000

 

 

 

165,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

259,008

 

Jeffrey H. Margolis

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

205,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,002

 

Morris Panner

 

 

154,000

 

 

 

165,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

319,008

 

Sheldon Razin

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

205,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

335,002

 

Lance E. Rosenzweig

 

 

98,000

 

 

 

165,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

263,008

 

(1)

The amounts reflected in this column represents the grant date fair value of the equity awards made in fiscal year 2021, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. The grant date fair value was calculated by multiplying the closing share price of our stock on the grant date, which was $13.94 on August 18, 2020, by the number of shares awarded.

At March 31, 2021, the aggregate number of option awards and shares of restricted stock awards outstanding for each of the directors named in the table was as follows:

Director Name

Total

Option Awards

Outstanding

Total Unvested

Restricted Shares

as of March 31, 2021

Craig A. Barbarosh

14,706

George H. Bristol

11,837

Julie D. Klapstein

11,837

James C. Malone

11,837

Jeffrey H. Margolis

14,706

Morris Panner

11,837

Sheldon Razin

14,706

Lance E. Rosenzweig

11,837

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Barbarosh (Chair), Klapstein, and effective July 29, 2020, Mr. Panner. Prior to Mr. Panner’s appointment, the Compensation Committee was comprised of Messrs. Barbarosh (Chair) and Malone, and Ms. Klapstein. None of these individuals was, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, an officer or employee of the Company, and none of these individuals ever formerly served as an officer of the Company. No member of our Board has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers and directors of another entity.



Compensation Committee Report

The following Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulations 14A or 14C of the Exchange Act, or the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. The Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

Our Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on such review and discussion, our Compensation Committee has recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Craig A. Barbarosh, Chairman

Julie D. Klapstein

Morris Panner

CEO Pay Ratio

Pursuant to Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and applicable SEC rules, we have prepared the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the median of the annual total compensation of our other employees. We chose March 31, 2021 as the date for establishing the employee population used in identifying the median employee and determined our median employee based on our employees’ actual base salaries for fiscal year 2021, provided that regularly scheduled, permanent employees who were newly hired during fiscal year 2021 or on leave for a portion of the fiscal year were assumed to have worked for the entire fiscal year 2021 measurement period. We included all employees as of March 31, 2021, consisting of approximately 1,857 individuals located in the U.S. and 714 individuals located in India. We then determined the annual total compensation of our median employee, which includes base salary for fiscal year 2021, annual cash bonus for fiscal year 2021, the grant date fair value of equity awards granted during the fiscal year 2021 measurement period, 401(k) matching contributions, and the cost of long-term disability insurance paid by the Company. The annual total compensation for our median employee for fiscal year 2021 was $64,147. Our Chief Executive Officer’s annual total compensation for fiscal year 2021 was $5,831,722, which includes compensation as disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table in this Form 10-K/A.  Based on the foregoing, our estimate of the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the annual total compensation of our median employee was 91 to 1.



Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Except as otherwise indicated in the related footnotes, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the record date of July 15, 2021, by:

each of our directors;

each of our named executive officers (“NEOs”);

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and

 

general market/economic factors.all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

27


Table of Contents

Our software products are generally shipped as orders are received and accordingly, we have historically operated with a minimal backlog of license fees. As a result, a portion of our revenue in any quarterBeneficial ownership is dependent on orders booked and shipped in that quarter and is not predictable with any degree of certainty. Furthermore, our systems can be relatively large and expensive, and individual systems sales can represent a significant portion of our revenue and profits for a quarter such that the loss or deferral of even one such sale can adversely affect our quarterly revenue and profitability. Clients often defer systems purchases until our quarter end, so quarterly revenue from system sales generally cannot be predicted and frequently are not known until after the quarter has concluded. Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to replace or substantially modify their existing information systems, and subsequently, their decision concerning which products and services to purchase. These are major decisions for healthcare providers and, accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty-four months from initial contact to contract execution/shipment. Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the timing of systems sales, implementations and installations can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, we believe that interim period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Further, our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future performance for any particular period. We currently recognize revenuedetermined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. To our knowledge, unless indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, accounting guidancethe persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as definedbeneficially owned by them. Shares of common stock underlying options, if any, that currently are exercisable or are scheduled to become exercisable for shares of common stock within 60 days after the FASB. There candate of the table are deemed to be outstanding in calculating the percentage ownership of each listed person or group but are not deemed to be outstanding as to any other person or group. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 67,362,384 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 15, 2021.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the beneficial owners named in the table is c/o NextGen Healthcare, Inc., 3525 Piedmont Rd., NE, Building 6, Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia. Messrs. Barbarosh, Bristol, Malone, Margolis, Panner, Razin, Rosenzweig and Ms. Klapstein are current directors. Our NEOs for our fiscal year 2021 were Messrs. Frantz, Arnold, Metcalfe and Linton, each of whom is included in the table below.

Name of Beneficial Owner **

 

Number of Shares

of Common Stock

Beneficially Owned

 

 

Percent of

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned

 

Sheldon Razin

 

 

9,889,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.7%

 

Craig A. Barbarosh

 

 

81,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

George H. Bristol

 

 

51,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Julie D. Klapstein

 

 

39,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

James C. Malone

 

 

70,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Jeffrey H. Margolis

 

 

110,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Morris Panner

 

 

69,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Lance E. Rosenzweig

 

 

35,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

John R. “Rusty” Frantz

 

 

1,676,160

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

2.4%

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

758,371

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

1.1%

 

David A. Metcalfe

 

 

436,469

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

*

 

Jeffrey D. Linton

 

 

168,879

 

 

 

(4)

 

 

*

 

BlackRock, Inc.

 

 

9,001,803

 

 

 

(5)

 

 

13.4%

 

Brown Capital Management, LLC and affiliates

 

 

8,496,002

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

12.6%

 

The Vanguard Group

 

 

5,553,557

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

8.2%

 

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group

 

 

13,388,686

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

19.3%

 

*

Represents less than 1.0%.

**

The table does not include beneficial ownership information for Ahmed Hussein, a former director of the Company who resigned on May 14, 2013 and who in prior years reported a beneficial ownership level over 5 percent. According to a Schedule 13G/A filed on April 10, 2020, Mr. Hussein now has beneficial ownership of 1,145,828 shares, which falls below the 5 percent reporting threshold.

(1)

Includes 1,249,854 shares underlying options vested as of the record date or within 60 days thereafter.

(2)

Includes 381,250 shares underlying options vested as of the record date or within 60 days thereafter.

(3)

Includes 305,000 shares underlying options vested as of the record date or within 60 days thereafter.

(4)

Includes 101,250 shares underlying options vested as of the record date or within 60 days thereafter.


(5)

This information is derived from a Schedule 13G filed by BlackRock, Inc. on January 26, 2021. According to the Schedule 13G, BlackRock, Inc. had sole power to vote 8,852,698 shares, sole power to dispose of 9,001,803 shares, and no shared power to vote or dispose of shares. The address for BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

(6)

This information is derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed by Brown Capital Management, LLC as primary filer on February 12, 2021. Brown Capital Management, LLC beneficially owned 8,496,002 shares.  Within those shares are 4,323,754 shares beneficially owned by The Brown Capital Management Small Company Fund, a series portfolio of Brown Capital Management Mutual Funds, a Delaware statutory trust, which is managed by Brown Capital Management, LLC. According to the Schedule 13G/A, Brown Capital Management, LLC had sole power to vote 5,037,591 shares, sole power to dispose of 8,496,002 shares, and no shared power to vote or dispose of shares. The Brown Capital Management Small Company Fund had sole power to vote 4,323,754 shares, sole power to dispose of 4,323,754 shares, and no shared power to vote or dispose of shares. The address for Brown Capital Management, LLC and The Brown Capital Management Small Company Fund is 1201 N. Calvert Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.

(7)

This information is derived from a Schedule 13G/A filed by The Vanguard Group on February 10, 2021. According to the Schedule 13G/A, The Vanguard Group had no shares with sole voting power, shared power to vote 56,701 shares, sole power to dispose of 5,455,269 shares, and shared power to dispose of 98,288 shares. The address for The Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.

(8)

Includes 2,037,354 shares underlying options vested as of the record date or within 60 days thereafter.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under all of our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2021.

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities

to be issued upon

exercise of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

(a)

 

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

(b)

 

 

 

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under

equity compensation

(excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

(c)

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

3,727,672

 

(1)

 

$

14.47

 

(2)

 

 

4,789,716

 

(3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

3,727,672

 

(1)

 

$

14.47

 

(2)

 

 

4,789,716

 

(3)

(1)

Represents 2,791,084 shares of common stock underlying outstanding options and 936,588 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding performance stock units at target under our Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)

Represents the weighted average exercise price of options and is calculated without taking into account the 936,588 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding performance stock units at target.

(3)

Represents 1,538,544 shares of common stock available for issuance under options or awards that may be issued under our Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and 3,251,172 shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2014 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).



Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

During fiscal year 2021, our Audit Committee was responsible for reviewing and approving transactions with related persons.Our Board and Audit Committee have adopted written related party transaction policies and procedures relating to approval or ratification of transactions with related persons. Under the policies and procedures, our Audit Committee is to review the material facts of all related party transactions that require our Audit Committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of our entry into the related party transactions, subject to certain exceptions, by taking into account, among other factors the committee deems appropriate, whether the related party transaction is on terms no assurance that applicationless favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and subsequent interpretationsthe extent of these pronouncements will not further modify our revenue recognition policies, or that such modifications would not adversely affect our operating results reportedthe related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in any particular quarterdiscussion or year. Dueapproval of a related party transaction for which he or she is a related party. If an interested transaction will be ongoing, the Committee may establish guidelines for our management to allfollow in its ongoing dealings with the related party and then at least annually must review and assess ongoing relationships with the related party.

Under the policies and procedures, a “related party transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) in which the foregoing factors, it is possible that our operating resultsaggregate amount involved will or may be belowexpected to exceed $30,000 in any calendar year, we are a participant, and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest. A “related party” is any person who is or was since the expectationsbeginning of public market analystsour last fiscal year an executive officer, director or Board-approved nominee for election as a director and investors. In such event, the priceinclusion in our proxy statement at our next annual shareholders’ meeting, any greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock would likely be adversely affected.known to us through filings with the SEC, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing, or any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or holds a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest. “Immediate family member” includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person's home (other than a tenant or employee).

Our common stock priceAudit Committee has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing sharesreviewed and pre-approved certain types of related party transactions described below. In addition, our Board has delegated to the Chair of our common stock andAudit Committee the authority to pre-approve or ratify (as applicable) any related party transaction in litigation against us. Volatility maywhich the aggregate amount involved is expected to be caused by a number of factors including but not limited to:less than $15,000. Pre-approved interested transactions include:

 

actualEmployment of executive officers if the related compensation is required to be reported in our proxy statement or anticipated quarterly variationsif the executive officer is not an immediate family member of another executive officer or a director of our Company, the related compensation would be reported in operating results;our proxy statement if the executive officer was an “NEO,” and our Compensation Committee approved (or recommended that our Board approve) the compensation.

 

rumors aboutAny compensation paid to a director if the compensation is required to be reported in our performance, software solutions, or merger and acquisition activity;proxy statement.

 

changes in expectationsAny transaction with another enterprise at which a related party’s only relationship is as an employee (other than an executive officer), director or beneficial owner of future financial performanceless than 5% of that enterprise, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $30,000 or changes in estimates5% of securities analysts;that enterprise's total annual revenues.

 

governmental regulatory action;Any charitable contribution, grant or endowment by use to a charitable organization, foundation or university at which a related party's only relationship is as an employee (other than an executive officer) or a director, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the lesser of $10,000 or 5% of the charitable organization’s total annual receipts.

 

health care reform measures;Any transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis (e.g., dividends or stock splits).

 

client relationship developments;Any transaction over which the related party has no control or influence on our decision involving that related party where the rates or charges involved are determined by competitive bids.

 

purchasesAny transaction with a related party involving the rendering of services as a common or sales of company stock;

activities by onecontract carrier, or more of our major shareholders concerning our policiespublic utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority, or services made available on the same terms and operations;

changes occurring in the markets in general;

macroeconomic conditions both nationally and internationally; and

other factors, many of whichto persons who are beyond our control.not related parties.

Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for software, healthcare and high technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelatedRelated Person Transactions

Indemnification Agreements

We are party to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.

Moreover, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

One of our current directors is a significant shareholder, which makes it possible for him to have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval and which influence may be alleged to conflictindemnification agreements with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders. Oneeach of our directors is a significant shareholder who beneficially owns approximately 15% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2021. California lawand executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws permitrequire us to indemnify our shareholdersdirectors and executive officers to cumulate their votes, the effectfullest extent permitted by California law.


Board of which is to provide shareholders with sufficiently large concentrationsDirectors

General

Our business, property and affairs are managed under the direction of our shares the opportunity to assure themselves one or more seats on our Board of Directors. The amounts requiredDirectors are kept informed of our business through discussions with our executive officers, by reviewing materials provided to assure a seat onthem and by participating in meetings of our Board of Directors can vary based uponand its committees. For the number of shares outstanding, the number of shares voting, the number of directors to be elected, the number of “broker non-votes,” and the number of shares held by the shareholder exercising the cumulative voting rights. In the event that cumulative voting is invoked, it is possible that any significant shareholders will each have sufficient votes to assure themselves of one or more seats on our Board of Directors. With or without cumulative voting, any significant shareholders will have substantial influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of our directors and other corporate actions. This influence may be alleged to conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders. In addition, such influence by a significant shareholder could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting to acquire our Company or create actual or perceived governance instabilities that could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters is located in Atlanta, Georgia. We believe that our existing facilities are in good condition and adequate for our current business requirements. Should we continue to grow, we may be required to lease or acquire additional space. We believe that suitable additional space is available, if needed, at commercially reasonable market rates and terms.

As of March 31, 2021, we leased an aggregate of approximately 541,900 square feet of space with lease agreements expiring at various dates, of which approximately 336,200 square feet of space are utilized for continuing operations and 205,700 square feet of space are being subleased or have been vacated as part of our reorganization efforts, as described further in Note 6, "Leases" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report:

 

 

Square Feet

 

 

Notes

Primary Operating Locations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bangalore, India

 

 

137,700

 

 

(2)

Irvine, California

 

 

47,900

 

 

 

St. Louis, Missouri

 

 

42,300

 

 

 

Hunt Valley, Maryland

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

Horsham, Pennsylvania

 

 

32,000

 

 

(2)

Atlanta, Georgia

 

 

27,000

 

 

(1) (2)

Fairport, New York

 

 

15,300

 

 

 

Total Primary Operating Locations

 

 

336,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vacated or Subleased Locations, or Portions Thereof

 

 

 

 

 

 

Horsham, Pennsylvania

 

 

78,000

 

 

 

Irvine, California

 

 

35,200

 

 

 

North Canton, Ohio

 

 

22,100

 

 

 

Cary, North Carolina

 

 

19,400

 

 

 

Solana Beach, California

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

Phoenix, Arizona

 

 

11,400

 

 

 

Brentwood, Tennessee

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

St. Louis, Missouri

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

Atlanta, Georgia

 

 

8,500

 

 

 

Total Vacated or Subleased Locations

 

 

205,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Leased Properties

 

 

541,900

 

 

 

(1)

Location of our principal executive offices

(2)

Primary locations of our research and development functions

We have experienced legal claims by clients regarding product and contract disputes, by other third parties asserting that we have infringed their intellectual property rights, by current and former employees regarding certain employment matters and by certain shareholders. We believe that these claims are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any such claim, even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict.

Additionally, we are subject to the regulation and oversight of various federal and state governmental agencies that enforce fraud and abuse programs related to the submission of fraudulent claims for reimbursement from governmental payers. We have received, and from time to time may receive, inquiries or subpoenas from federal and state agencies. Under the False Claims Act (“FCA”), private parties have the right to bring qui tam, or “whistleblower,” suits against entities that submit, or cause to be submitted, fraudulent claims for reimbursement. Qui tam or whistleblower actions initiated under the FCA may be pending but placed under seal by the court to comply with the FCA’s requirements for filing such suits. As a result, they could lead to proceedings without our knowledge. We refer you to the discussion of regulatory and litigation risks within “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and to Note 16, “Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a discussion of current legal proceedings.

ITEM 4. MINE AND SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price and Holders

Our common stock is traded under the symbol “NXGN” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.  At May 24, 2021, there were approximately 633 holders of record of our common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information included under Item 12 of this Report, "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters," is incorporated herein by reference.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Services Stock Index over the five-year periodfiscal year ended March 31, 2021, assuming $100 was investedour Board consisted of nine directors who are elected to serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors.

Director Independence

As required under the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) listing standards, a majority of the members of a listed Company’s Board of Directors must qualify as “independent,” as affirmatively determined by the Board of Directors. The Board consults with our counsel to ensure that the Board’s determinations are consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent,” including those set forth in Nasdaq listing standards, as in effect from time to time. Based on March 31, 2016 with all dividends, if any, reinvested. The returns showndefinitions of independence established by Nasdaq, SEC rules and regulations, guidelines established in our Bylaws, and the determinations of our Nominating and Governance Committee and our Board, Messrs. Barbarosh, Bristol, Margolis, Panner, Razin and Rosenzweig and Ms. Klapstein are based on historical resultsindependent. Messrs. Frantz and are not intendedMalone have been determined to be indicativenon-independent directors. Mr. Frantz, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, was a member of future stock pricesour management team until he his separation on June 18, 2021, and Mr. Malone is a non-independent director under Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2)(F) due to his son’s promotion to partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), the Company’s outside auditing firm, on July 1, 2020.

The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director or future performance. This performance graph shalldirector nominee is not be deemedand has not been for the past three years an employee of the Company and has not engaged in various types of business dealings with the Company. In addition, as further required by the Nasdaq rules, our Board has made a subjective determination as to be “soliciting material”each independent director and director nominee that no relationships exist which, in the opinion of our Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment of such director or “filed”director nominee in carrying out his or her responsibilities as a director. In making these determinations, our Board reviewed and discussed information provided by our directors, director nominees and management with regard to each director’s and director nominee’s business and personal activities as they may relate to our management and us. The independent members of our Board meet periodically in executive session without management.

Appointment of Interim Principal Executive Officer

On July 28, 2021, the Board appointed James Arnold, Jr. the Company’s current Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President to serve as the interim principal executive officer.  As previously disclosed, effective June 18, 2021, the Board established an Executive Leadership Committee (the “Leadership Committee”) to lead the Company on an interim basis. The Board appointed Mr. Arnold, David A. Metcalfe, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, Donna Greene, the Company’s Executive Vice President of Human Resources, and Srinivas (Sri) Velamoor, the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Growth and Strategy Officer, to collectively serve as members on the Leadership Committee. The Leadership Committee reports directly to and works with the Board Oversight Committee consisting of directors Jeff Margolis and Craig Barbarosh, non-Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, respectively.

Biographical information for purposes ofMr. Arnold is provided in Item 10 (“Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance”) above.

Board Committees and Charters

Our Board has a standing Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee. In addition, our Board currently has a Special Transactions Committee that meets only on an as-needed basis, as further described below.

Audit Committee

Our Board has an Audit Committee, established in accordance with Section 183(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange(“Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject, that consists of Messrs. Bristol (Chair) and Rosenzweig, and, effective July 29, 2020, Ms. Klapstein. Prior to Ms. Klapstein’s appointment, the liabilities under that SectionAudit Committee was comprised of Messrs. Bristol (Chair), Malone and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filingRosenzweig. Mr. Malone resigned from the Audit and Compensation Committees of the CompanyCompany’s Board on July 29, 2020 because Mr. Malone does not qualify as an “Independent Director” under The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) Rule 5605(a)(2)(F) due to his son’s promotion to partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). PwC serves as the Securities ActCompany’s independent registered public accounting firm.


Our Audit Committee is comprised entirely of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among NextGen Healthcare, Inc.,independent directors under SEC and Nasdaq rules and operates under a written charter adopted by our Board. The NASDAQ Composite Index

And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

*

$100 invested on March 31, 2016 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ended March 31.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Reserved.

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”), including discussionsduties of our product development plans, business strategies, future operations, financial condition and prospects, developments in and the impacts of government regulation and legislation, and market factors influencingAudit Committee include meeting with our results, may include forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipated by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto, as well as our ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation and competition from larger, better-capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could affect our ability to achieve our goals, and interested persons are urgedindependent public accountants to review the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as set forth herein, as well as inscope of the annual audit and to review our other public disclosuresquarterly and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

This MD&A is provided as a supplement to the consolidatedannual financial statements before the statements are released to our shareholders. Our Audit Committee also evaluates the independent public accountants’ performance and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Report") in order to enhance your understanding ofdetermines whether the independent registered public accounting firm should be retained by us for the ensuing fiscal year. In addition, our results of operationsAudit Committee reviews our internal accounting and financial conditioncontrols and should be read in conjunction with,reporting systems practices and is qualified in its entirety by, the consolidated financial statementsresponsible for reviewing, approving and ratifying all related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report. Historical results of operations, percentage margin fluctuations and any trends that may be inferred from the discussion below are not necessarily indicativeparty transactions. Our Audit Committee also exercises primary oversight, on behalf of the operating results for any future period. For information regarding the year ended March 31, 2019, including a year-to-year comparison of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, refer to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2020.

Company Overview

NextGen Healthcare is a leading provider of software and services that empower ambulatory healthcare practices to manage the risk and complexity of delivering care in the rapidly evolving U.S. healthcare system. Our combination of technological breadth, depth and domain expertise makes us a preferred solution provider and trusted advisor for our clients. In addition to highly configurable core clinical and financial capabilities, our portfolio includes tightly integrated solutions that deliver on ambulatory healthcare imperatives including: population health, care management, patient outreach, telemedicine, and nationwide clinical information exchange.

We serve clients across all 50 states. Over 100,000 providers use NextGen Healthcare solutions to deliver care in nearly every medical specialty in a wide variety of practice models including accountable care organizations (“ACOs”), independent physician associations (“IPAs”), managed service organizations (“MSOs”), Veterans Service Organizations (“VSOs”), and Dental Service Organizations (“DSOs”). Our clients include someBoard, over management’s execution of the largestCompany’s cybersecurity and most progressive multi-specialty groups indata privacy function.

During the country. With the addition of behavioral health to our medical and oral health capabilities, we continue to extend our share not only in Federally Qualified Health Centers (“FQHCs”), but also in the growing integrated care market.

NextGen Healthcare has historically enhanced our offering through both organic and inorganic activities. In October 2015, we divested our former Hospital Solutions division to focus exclusively on the ambulatory marketplace. In January 2016, we acquired HealthFusion Holdings, Inc. and its cloud-based electronic health record and practice management solution. In April 2017, we acquired Entrada, Inc. and its cloud-based, mobile platform for clinical documentation and collaboration. In August 2017, we acquired EagleDream Health, Inc. and its cloud-based population health analytics solution. In January 2018, we acquired Inforth Technologies for its specialty-focused clinical content. In October 2019, we acquired Topaz Information Systems, LLC (“Topaz”) for its behavioral health solutions. In December 2019, we acquired Medfusion, Inc. (“Medfusion”) for its Patient Experience Platform (i.e., patient portal, self-scheduling, and patient pay) capabilities and OTTO Health, LLC (“OTTO”) for its integrated virtual care solutions, notably telemedicine. The integration of these acquired technologies has made NextGen Healthcare’s solutions among the most comprehensive in the market.

Our company was incorporated in California in 1974. Previously named Quality Systems, Inc., we changed our corporate name to NextGen Healthcare, Inc. in September 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 3525 Piedmont Rd., NE, Building 6, Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia, and our principal website is www.nextgen.com. We operate on a fiscal year ending on March 31.

31


Table of Contents

Industry and Regulatory Background, Market Opportunity, and Trends

Over the last decade, the ambulatory healthcare market has experienced significant regulatory change, which has driven the need for improved technology to enable practice transformation. Recognizing it was imperative to digitize the U.S. health system to stem the escalating cost of healthcare and improve the quality of care being delivered, Congress enacted the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act in 2009 (“HITECH Act”). The legislation stimulated healthcare organizations to not only adopt electronic health records, but to use them to collect discrete data that could be used to drive quality care. This standardization supported early pay-for-reporting and pay-for-performance programs.

In 2010, the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) established the roadmap for shifting American healthcare from volume (fee-for-service) to a value-based care (“VBC”) system that rewards improved outcomes at lower costs (fee-for-value). This was followed by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), bipartisan legislation that further changed the way Medicare rewards clinicians for value vs. volume. Initially focused on government-funded care, the domain of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), these programs are now firmly established on the commercial insurance side of the industry as well.

Importantly, the introduction of VBC programs was only an element of the broader approach to reducing healthcare expenditure. The drive to reduce costs initially led to consolidation in the healthcare system that was followed by a significant shift of care from the inpatient to lower cost outpatient setting. Among other factors, consumerism is set to play a major role in driving volume increases outside of the hospital. In addition, providers continue to seek new tools and means to connect with patients in new ways. Patients are expecting care to be personalized and tailored to their preferences and are seeking much greater transparency about the costs for visits, medications, and procedures as well as improved convenience and access to care. Along with the continued expansion of telehealth, there will be growth in technologies which facilitate the digital connection between patient and provider.

The need to sustain revenue has made it extremely important for practices to secure their patient market share, elevating patient loyalty to a significant determinant of provider success. In addition to being loyal, groups participating in value-based contracts realized that patients also needed to be engaged in their care and interested in improving their own health. The need to attract, retain and engage patients has made patient experience one of the most important aspects of evolving care delivery in the United States. Capturing patient market share and thriving in a market driven by VBC requires both an integrated platform and a full view of the patient population’s clinical and cost data, neither of which could be accomplished without new technologies to collect and analyze multi-sourced patient data. Effectively implemented, these new technologies allow organizations to enhance financial viability while exercising the freedom to join, affiliate, integrate or interoperate in ways that maximize strategic control.

Although the HITECH Act led to the meaningful adoption of electronic health records, many in the healthcare industry were dissatisfied with the level of exchange of health information between different providers and across different software platforms. With the passing of the MACRA law in 2015, the U.S. Congress declared it a national objective to achieve widespread exchange of health information through interoperable certified electronic health records (“EHR") technology. Then, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act (“Cures Act”) was passed and signed into law. Among many other policies, the law includes numerous provisions intended to encourage nationwide interoperability.

In March 2020, the HHS Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (“ONC”) released a final regulation which implements the key interoperability provisions included in the Cures Act. The rule calls on developers of certified EHRs to adopt standardized application programming interfaces (“APIs”) and to meet a list of other new certification and maintenance of certification requirements in order to retain approved federal government certification status.

The ONC rule also implements the information blocking provisions of the Cures Act, including identifying reasonable and necessary activities that do not constitute information blocking. Under the Cures Act, HHS has the regulatory authority to investigate and assess civil monetary penalties of up to $1,000,000 against certified HIT developers found to be in violation of “information blocking.”

The new regulations will require significant compliance efforts for healthcare providers, information networks, exchanges, and HIT companies. However, the Cures Act also creates opportunities for improving care delivery and outcomes through increased data exchange between providers and easier patient access to their own health information. Key to unlocking these benefits is the introduction of new Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (“FHIR”) standards, which ONC requires certified HIT companies to adopt through APIs. Meanwhile, CMS is requiring hospitals to provide electronic admission, discharge and transfer notification to other healthcare facilities, providers and designated care team members.

Refer also to the discussion of regulatory risks within “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for governmental regulations and policies that may affect our business.

Through the expansion of our NextGen® Share interoperability services platform and API partner marketplace, we will address the increased demand for moving and sharing patient data from the EHR easily, quickly and securely. Interoperability improves patient experience and care coordination, enhances patient safety, and reduces costs. We are also expanding resources such as educational webinars, blogs and videos on interoperability to help educate and support healthcare providers.

32


Table of Contents

In recent years, there has been incremental investment to improve the delivery of behavioral healthcare. One of the central drivers of this investment has been the opioid epidemic which claims more than 80,000 lives a year in the United States. The integrated care model prevalent in FQHCs, a model which calls for integration of behavioral health and primary care in single care settings, has also gained momentum. Both behavioral health and the integrated care workflows require broad, purpose built, tailored HIT capabilities, many of which are supported by the NextGen Healthcare platform. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, ambulatory practices have come to appreciate the importance of business continuity, particularly in administrative business functions which are non-core to medical care and may turn to NextGen Healthcare more often for managed services.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In late 2019, the emergence of a novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, was reported and in January 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”), declared it a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. In March 2020, the WHO escalated COVID-19 as a pandemic. We proactively responded to the pandemic by creating an executive task force to monitor the COVID-19 situation daily and immediately restricted non-essential travel and migrated to a fully remote workforce while maintaining complete operational effectiveness.

The need to access care while still social distancing was addressed early on with the limited use of telemedicine (also known as virtual visits) and was energized when the federal government reduced regulatory barriers and addressed payment parity between virtual and in-person visits. With these tailwinds, telemedicine quickly became regarded as a safer way for patients and providers to engage each other while also relieving economic pressure on the medical practice. We believe that the uptake of telemedicine will transcend COVID-19 and that virtual visits will become a permanent and important change in the way care is delivered. Keeping patients out of the transit system, out of the waiting room and away from other sick patients is simply good medicine.

Since the mid-March 2020 timing of government orders to shelter in place and restrict non-essential medical services, the COVID-19 pandemic caused declines in patient volume. This negatively impacted our revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, most notably for purchases of software and hardware. The impact of the disruption also impacted the first half of fiscal 2021, primarily in managed services and EDI, which are volume driven. During this challenging and uncertain period, we made some important decisions, including cost reduction activities with a primary goal of preserving cash and protecting the employee base. Most of these cost reductions were temporary as we believed that preserving our employee base, organizational momentum, and robust capabilities was the right decision for the Company and our shareholders. As the impact of the pandemic and related restrictive measures began to subside in the second half of fiscal 2021, patient volume has returned to close to pre-pandemic levels, and thus revenue returned to more normal levels. At present, we are conducting business as usual with certain modifications to employee travel, employee work locations, and marketing events, among other modifications. We continue to monitor the broader implications of the global COVID-19 pandemic and may take further actions that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers, and shareholders.

We assessed certain accounting matters that generally require consideration of forecasted financial information in context with the information reasonably available to the Company and the unknown future impacts of COVID-19 at March 31, 2021 and through the date of this Report. The accounting matters assessed included, but were not limited to, our allowances for doubtful accounts and the carrying value of goodwill and other long-lived assets. While there was not a material impact to our consolidated financial statements at and for the year ended March 31, 2021, our future assessmentAudit Committee held four (4) meetings. Our Audit Committee's current charter is posted on our internet website at www.nextgen.com. Our Audit Committee and our Board have confirmed that our Audit Committee does and will continue to include at least three independent members. Our Audit Committee and our Board have confirmed that Mr. Bristol met applicable Nasdaq listing standards for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert”.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee that consists of Messrs. Panner (Chair), Barbarosh, and Bristol, each of whom is deemed independent under Nasdaq rules. Our Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending nominee candidates to our Board, and is required to be composed entirely of independent directors. Our Nominating and Governance Committee may receive suggestions from current Board members, our executive officers or other sources, which may be either unsolicited or in response to requests from our Nominating and Governance Committee for such candidates. Our Nominating and Governance Committee may also, from time to time, engage firms that specialize in identifying director candidates.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee will also consider on the magnitudesame basis nominees recommended by shareholders for election as a director. Recommendations should be sent to our Secretary and durationshould include the candidate's name and qualifications and a statement from the candidate that he or she consents to being named in our proxy statement and will serve as a director if elected. In order for any candidate to be considered by our Nominating and Governance Committee and, if nominated, to be included in our proxy statement, such recommendation must be received by the Secretary within the time period set forth under “Proposals of COVID-19,Shareholders,” below.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee works with our Board to determine the appropriate characteristics, skills, and experiences for the Board as a whole and its individual members with the objective of having a Board with diverse backgrounds and experience. Characteristics expected of all directors include independence, integrity, high personal and professional ethics, sound business judgment, and the ability and willingness to commit sufficient time to our Board. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates, our Nominating and Governance Committee takes into account many factors, including general understanding of marketing, finance, and other disciplines relevant to the success of a large publicly traded company in today's business environment; understanding of our business; educational and professional background; personal accomplishment; and geographic, gender, age, and ethnic diversity. Our Nominating and Governance Committee evaluates each individual in the context of our Board as a whole, with the objective of recommending a group that can best perpetuate the success of our business and represent shareholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience. Our Nominating and Governance Committee evaluates each incumbent director to determine whether he or she should be nominated to stand for re-election, based on the types of criteria outlined above as well as other factors could result in material impactsthe director's contributions to our consolidated financial statementsBoard during their current term.

Once a person has been identified by our Nominating and Governance Committee as a potential candidate, our Nominating and Governance Committee may collect and review publicly available information regarding the person to assess whether the person should be considered further. If our Nominating and Governance Committee determines that the candidate warrants further consideration, the Chairman of the Committee or another member of our Nominating and Governance Committee may contact the person. Generally, if the person expresses a willingness to be considered and to serve on our Board, our Nominating and Governance Committee may request information from the candidate, review the person's accomplishments and qualifications and may conduct one or more interviews with the candidate. Our Nominating and Governance Committee may consider all such information in future reporting periods.light of information regarding any other candidates that our Nominating and Governance Committee might be evaluating for nomination to our Board. Nominating and Governance Committee members may contact one or more references provided by the candidate or may contact other members of the business community or other persons that may have greater firsthand knowledge of the candidate's accomplishments. Our Nominating and Governance Committee may also engage an outside firm to conduct background checks on candidates as part of the nominee evaluation process. Our Nominating and Governance Committee’s evaluation process does not vary based on the source of the recommendation, though in the case of a shareholder nominee, our Nominating and Governance Committee and/or our Board may take into consideration the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held.


Our Nominating and Governance Committee also has authority to develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles, to evaluate the nature, structure and operations of the Board and its committees and to make recommendations to address issues raised by such evaluations.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, our Nominating and Governance Committee held eleven (11) meetings. Our Nominating and Governance Committee's current charter is posted on our internet website at www.nextgen.com.  

Compensation Committee

Our StrategyBoard has a Compensation Committee that consists of Mr. Barbarosh (Chair), Ms. Klapstein, and, effective July 29, 2020, Mr. Panner. Prior to Mr. Panner’s appointment, the Compensation Committee was comprised of Messrs. Bristol (Chair) and Malone and Ms. Klapstein. Mr. Malone resigned from the Audit and Compensation Committees of the Company’s Board on July 29, 2020 because Mr. Malone does not qualify as an “Independent Director” under The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) Rule 5605(a)(2)(F) due to his son’s promotion to partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). PwC serves as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Our Compensation Committee is composed entirely of independent directors under Nasdaq rules, and is responsible for (i) ensuring that senior management will be accountable to our Board through the effective application of compensation policies, (ii) monitoring the effectiveness of our compensation plans applicable to senior management and our Board (including committees thereof) and (iii) approving the compensation plans applicable to senior management. Our Compensation Committee establishes and approves compensation policies applicable to our executive officers. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, our Compensation Committee held nine (9) meetings. Our Compensation Committee's current charter is posted on our internet website at www.nextgen.com.

Our executive officers have played no role in determining the amount or form of director compensation. At the request of the Compensation Committee, our executives provide information from time to time to our Compensation Committee about certain accomplishments, recommendations, qualitative assessments or other metrics regarding the NEOs to assist our Compensation Committee in making compensation decisions for the NEOs. We empoweralso have conducted discussions with our NEOs concerning information regarding their performance and prospects.

The Compensation Committee has the transformationauthority, in its sole discretion, to retain or obtain the advice of ambulatory carean independent compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisers to assist in carrying out the Compensation Committee’s duties and responsibilities. Prior to selecting a compensation adviser, the Compensation Committee shall assess whether work performed or advice rendered by delivering solutionssuch compensation adviser would raise any conflicts of interest. From time to time, the Compensation Committee has engaged independent compensation consultants to advise it on matters of Board and executive compensation. In each case, the Compensation Committee has utilized these compensation consultants to compile and present peer-group compensation data to the Compensation Committee, but did not delegate any authority to the consultants to determine or recommend the amount or form of executive compensation. The Compensation Committee also consults publicly available compensation data from time to time as part of its Board and executive compensation decisions. For fiscal year 2021, there were no conflicts of interest with respect to any compensation advisers.

Special Transactions Committee

Pursuant to its charter, our Special Transactions Committee shall consist of a minimum of three members, all of whom must be independent directors. The Special Transactions Committee currently consists of Messrs. Margolis (Chair), Barbarosh, Bristol, and Rosenzweig. The Special Transactions Committee is responsible for reviewing, considering and making recommendations to our Board with respect to all proposals involving a material and substantial transaction, which generally means a change in more than 10% of the voting power of our Company’s stock or the purchase or sale of assets constituting more than 10% of our total assets, or other transactions that enable groupsthe Board determines are material and substantial. The Special Transactions Committee does not have the authority to, be successful under all modelswithout the Board’s approval, directly negotiate with representatives of care, including emerging value-based care models that include down-side risk. We primarilyany party to a material and substantial transaction, approve any material and substantial transaction, or enter into contracts on behalf of the Company. The Special Transactions Committee is composed entirely of independent directors. Unlike our standing Audit, Compensation, and Nominating & Governance committees, the Special Transactions Committee does not hold scheduled meetings but instead meets on an as-needed basis. The Special Transactions Committee did not hold any meetings during fiscal year 2021.

Executive Leadership Committee

Effective June 18, 2021, the Board established an Executive Leadership Committee (the “Leadership Committee”) to lead the Company on an interim basis. The Board has appointed James Arnold, Jr., the Company’s current Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, David A. Metcalfe, the Company’s current Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer and Donna Greene, the Company’s current Executive Vice President of Human Resources, along with Srinivas (Sri) Velamoor upon, and contingent with, his expected July employment with the Company as Executive Vice President, Chief Growth and Strategy Officer, to collectively serve organizations that provide care in an ambulatory setting and do so across diverse practice sizes, specialties, and business models.  Furthermore, we support the advances in integrated care that focusesas members on the whole person. Our platform is uniquely positionedLeadership Committee. The Leadership Committee will report directly to successfully enable our clients to expand access to care, enhanceand work with the coordinationBoard Oversight Committee consisting of directors Jeff Margolis and managementCraig Barbarosh, non-Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman of care, and optimize patient outcomes through an integrated medical record that extends across their medical, mental, and oral health and care needs.the Board, respectively.


Board Oversight Committee

Effective June 18, 2021, the Board established the Board Oversight Committee, consisting of Messrs. Margolis and frictionless interoperability is essentialBarbarosh, to all models of care. Our experience powering manywork with and oversee the work of the nation’s Health Information Exchanges (“HIE’s”) places usnewly-appointed Leadership Committee formed following the departure of Mr. Frantz. The Leadership Committee will report directly to and work with a Board Oversight Committee consisting of directors Jeff Margolis and Craig Barbarosh, non-Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, respectively.

Lead Director

Under our Bylaws, if at any time our Chairman of the Board is an executive officer of our Company, or for any other reason is not an independent director, a non-executive Lead Director must be selected by our independent directors. The Lead Director must be one of our independent directors, must be a member of our Audit Committee and of our Executive Committee, if we have such a committee, and is responsible for coordinating the activities of our independent directors. The Lead Director assists our Board in a unique positionassuring compliance with our corporate governance procedures and policies, and coordinates, develops the agenda for, and moderates executive sessions of our Board’s independent directors. Executive sessions are typically held immediately following each regular meeting of our Board, and/or at other times as designated by the Lead Director. The Lead Director approves, in consultation with our other independent directors, the retention of consultants who report directly to enable our clients to leverage this technology to lowerBoard. If at any time our Chairman of the costBoard is one of care and improveour independent directors, then he or she will perform the patient and provider experience by providing an integrated community patient record.

Patient experience is directly correlated to patient engagement and an engaged patient is a key to positive outcomes. Today’s patient is also an active consumerduties of their healthcare, each searching for the best experience. Our platform enables our clients to create a personalized care experience that enhances trust and drives patient loyalty.

33


Table of ContentsLead Director.

 

Our longstanding success in the ambulatory market has enabled us to build significant expertise across many relevant disciples that are clients actively request. We partner with our clients to operate and optimize their IT systems and operations, enhance revenue cycle processes, service line expansion and operations, as well as advise on long-term strategy.

As one of the leading healthcare information technology players in the U.S. ambulatory marketplace, we plan to continue investing in our current capabilities as well as building and/or acquiring new capabilities as we guide our clients through the market’s transformation. We expect to continue to empower the transformation of care through the following strategic priorities:

Be a learning organization and transform ahead of the industry

Be a trusted advisor for our customers and prospects

Deliver breadth, depth and configurability to enable our clients to effectively execute their strategies

Use automation to drive unwanted variability and cost from our clients’ operations

Drive real innovation in patient experience and patient-provider interactions

Help our clients be recognized as interoperability leaders in their regions and areas of specialty

Integrate new capabilities (whether organic or inorganic) more quickly and successfully than others.


 

Results of OperationsItem 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The following table sets forth the percentageaggregate fees billed to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our principal accountant for professional services rendered in the audit of revenue represented by each item in our consolidated financial statements of net income and comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding):2020.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

90.3

%

 

 

90.6

%

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

9.4

 

Total revenues

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

100.0

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

38.0

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

5.0

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs and acquired intangible assets

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

6.6

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

49.5

 

 

 

49.5

 

Gross profit

 

 

50.5

 

 

 

50.5

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

32.4

 

 

 

30.6

 

Research and development costs, net

 

 

13.6

 

 

 

15.4

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

2.3

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.5

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

48.2

 

 

 

49.5

 

Income from operations

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

0.9

 

Interest income

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

Interest expense

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.4

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.2

 

Income before benefit of income taxes

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

0.8

 

Benefit of income taxes

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(0.6

)

Net income

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

1.4

%

34


Table of Contents

Revenues

The following table presents our consolidated revenues for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Recurring revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription services

 

$

148,403

 

 

$

127,602

 

Support and maintenance

 

 

152,956

 

 

 

158,619

 

Managed services

 

 

103,138

 

 

 

104,549

 

Electronic data interchange and data services

 

 

98,322

 

 

 

98,543

 

Total recurring revenues

 

 

502,819

 

 

 

489,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software license and hardware

 

 

28,825

 

 

 

27,270

 

Other non-recurring services

 

 

25,177

 

 

 

23,656

 

Total software, hardware and other non-recurring revenues

 

 

54,002

 

 

 

50,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

556,821

 

 

$

540,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring revenues as a percentage of total revenues

 

 

90.3

%

 

 

90.6

%

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Audit fees

 

$

1,649,679

 

 

$

2,063,470

 

Audit-related fees

 

 

 

 

Tax fees

 

 

163,095

 

 

 

153,000

 

All other fees

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

4,500

 

 

We generate revenue from salesAudit Fees. Audit fees consist of licensing rights and subscriptions to our software solutions, hardware and third-party software products, support and maintenance, managed services, electronic data interchange (“EDI”) and data services, and other non-recurring services, including implementation, training, and consulting services performedfees billed for clients who use our products.

Consolidated revenue for the year ended March 31, 2021 increased $16.6 million compared to the prior year due to a $13.5 million increase in recurring revenues and a $3.1 million increase in software, hardware and other non-recurring revenues. The increase in recurring revenues was primarily due to $20.8 million higher subscription services driven by incremental revenue from our patient experience and virtual visits platforms acquired from Medfusion and OTTO, combined with growth in subscriptions associated with our population health and analytics, mobile, connected health, core NextGen, and NextGen Office cloud-based solutions. The increase in recurring revenues from the higher subscription services was partially offset by $5.7 million lower support and maintenance revenue from client attrition and our transition to a subscription-based revenue model. Managed services revenue declined $1.4 million related to declines in cash and collections and revenue cycle management (“RCM”) bookings that were largely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and client attrition, partially offset by higher managed cloud services revenues and incremental patient pay services revenue acquired from Medfusion. Total software, hardware, and other non-recurring revenues increased primarily due to $1.6 million higher software license and hardware sales from increased bookings and $1.5 million increase in other non-recurring services related to the completion of professional services projects.

Bookings reflect the estimated annual value of our executed contracts, adjusted to include the effect of pre-acquisition bookings, and are believed to provide a broad indicator of the general direction and progress of the business. Total bookings were $129.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2021 compared to $130.9 million in the prior year, primarily reflecting a decline in RCM bookings, as noted above, partially offset by higher bookings of subscriptions associated with our patient experience and virtual visits platforms.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

The following table presents our consolidated cost of revenue and gross profit for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

$

212,199

 

 

$

205,057

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring

 

 

26,457

 

 

 

26,904

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs and acquired intangible assets

 

 

36,768

 

 

 

35,478

 

Total cost of revenue

 

$

275,424

 

 

$

267,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

$

281,397

 

 

$

272,800

 

Gross margin %

 

 

50.5

%

 

 

50.5

%

35


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue consists primarily of compensation expense, including share-based compensation, for personnel that deliver our products and services. Cost of revenue also includes amortization of capitalized software costs and acquired technology, third party consultant and outsourcing costs, costs associated with our EDI business partners and clearinghouses, hosting service costs, third party software costs and royalties, and other costs directly associated with delivering our products and services. Refer to Note 9, "Intangible Assets" and Note 10, "Capitalized Software Costs" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on current period amortization of capitalized software costs and acquired technology and an estimate of future expected amortization.

Share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenue was $2.0 million and $2.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2021 increased $8.6 million compared to the prior year while our gross margin percentage remained consistent at 50.5% for the year ended March 31, 2021 compared to the prior year period. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher revenues as discussed above, partially offset by an increase in cost of revenue associated with the higher revenues and higher amortization of previously capitalized software development costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

The following table presents our consolidated selling, general and administrative expense for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

$

180,529

 

 

$

165,174

 

Selling, general and administrative, as a percentage of revenue

 

 

32.4

%

 

 

30.6

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of compensation expense, including share-based compensation, for management and administrative personnel, selling and marketing expense, facilities costs, depreciation, professional service fees, including legal, consulting, and accounting services, acquisition and transaction-related costs, and other general corporate and administrative expenses.

Share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses was $16.7 million and $13.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in share-based compensation expense is due to increased utilization of share-based awards to incentivize our executives and employees. Refer to Note 15, "Share-Based Awards" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information on equity award grants.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $15.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2021 compared to the prior year primarily due to increased share-based compensation expense, as noted above, higher legal fees associated with our ongoing shareholder litigation matter and increases in discretionary and annual bonus expenses, partially offset by lower travel and conferences spend associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, lower acquisition costs, and lower facilities and infrastructure costs.

Research and Development Costs, net

The following table presents our consolidated net research and development costs, capitalized software costs, and gross expenditures prior to capitalization, for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Gross expenditures

 

$

100,079

 

 

$

102,727

 

Capitalized software costs

 

 

(24,578

)

 

 

(19,432

)

Research and development costs, net

 

$

75,501

 

 

$

83,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development costs, as a percentage of revenue

 

 

13.6

%

 

 

15.4

%

Capitalized software costs as a percentage of gross expenditures

 

 

24.6

%

 

 

18.9

%

Gross research and development expenditures consist of compensation expense, including share-based compensation for research and development personnel, certain third-party consultant fees, software maintenance costs, and other costs related to new product development and enhancement to our existing products.

36


Table of Contents

The healthcare information systems and services industry is characterized by rapid technological change, requiring us to engage in continuing investments in our research and development to update, enhance and improve our systems. This includes expansion of our software and service offerings that support pay-for-performance initiatives around accountable care organizations, bringing greater ease of use and intuitiveness to our software products, enhancing our managed cloud and hosting services to lower our clients' total cost of ownership, expanding our interoperability and enterprise analytics capabilities, and furthering development and enhancements of our portfolio of specialty-focused templates within our electronic health records software.

The capitalization of software development costs results in a reduction to our reported net research and development costs. Our software capitalization rate, or capitalized software costs as a percentage of gross expenditures, has varied historically and may continue to vary based on the nature and status of specific projects and initiatives in progress. Although changes in software capitalization rates have no impact on our overall cash flows, it results in fluctuations in the amount of software development costs being expensed up front and the amount of net research and development costs reported in our consolidated statement of net income and comprehensive income.

Share-based compensation expense included in research and development costs was $4.0 million and $3.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Net research and development costs for the year ended March 31, 2021 decreased $7.8 million compared to the prior year due to $5.2 million higher capitalization of software costs and a $2.6 million decrease in our gross expenditures. Our software capitalization rate fluctuates due to differences in the nature and status of our projects and initiatives during a given year, which affects the amount of development costs that may be capitalized and ultimately also affects the future amortization of our previously capitalized software development costs. The decrease in gross expenditures was primarily driven by lower salaries and benefits associated with lower headcount, lower infrastructure costs, and lower travel costs associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by higher consulting costs.

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets

The following table presents our amortization of acquired intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

$

4,449

 

 

$

4,143

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets included in operating expenses consist of the amortization related to our customer relationships and trade names intangible assets acquired as part of our business combinations. Refer to Note 9, "Intangible Assets" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for an estimate of future expected amortization.

Amortization of acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2021 increased $0.3 million, compared to the prior year period due to additional amortization of the customer relationships and trade names intangible assets acquired from Medfusion.

Restructuring Costs and Impairment of Assets

Restructuring costs for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 were $2.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively, related to the business restructuring plans described in further detail below.  

In May 2020, we announced a decision to execute a reduction in our workforce of less than 3% as well as other temporary cost reductions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We recorded $2.6 million of restructuring costs, consisting of payroll-related costs, such as severance, outplacement costs, and continuing healthcare coverage, associated with the involuntary separation of employees pursuant to a one-time benefit arrangement, for the year ended March 31, 2021 within operating expenses in our consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income. These amounts were accrued when it was probable that the benefits would be paid, and the amounts were reasonably estimable. The payroll-related costs were substantially paid as of March 31, 2021.

In June 2019, we implemented a business restructuring plan as part of our continued efforts to preserve and grow the value of the Company through client-focused innovations while reducing our cost structure. As part of the restructuring, we reduced our total workforce by approximately 4% primarily within the research and development function and intend to expand on our research and development resources in India. We recorded $2.5 million of restructuring costs in the year ended March 31, 2020 within operating expenses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The restructuring costs consisted primarily of payroll-related costs, such as severance, outplacement costs, and continuing healthcare coverage, associated with the involuntary separation of employees pursuant to a one-time benefit arrangement.

Impairment of assets for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 were $5.5 million and $12.6 million, respectively, related to the impairments described in further detail below.  

37


Table of Contents

During the year ended March 31, 2021, as part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing cost reduction efforts, we vacated our Cary office, portions of our Irvine and Horsham offices, and the remainder of our San Diego office. We recorded impairments of $5.5 million to our operating right-of-use assets and certain related fixed assets associated with the vacated locations based on projected sublease rental income and estimated sublease commencement dates and the remeasurement of our operating lease liabilities associated with the modification of certain lease expiration dates. The impairment analyses were performed by operating right-of-use asset and the impairment charges were estimated by comparing the fair value of each operating right-of-use asset based on the expected cash flows to its respective book value. We determined the discount rate for each lease based on the approximate interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar remaining terms and payments as of the impairment date. Significant judgment was required to estimate the fair value of each operating right-of-use asset and actual results could vary from the estimates, resulting in potential future adjustments to amounts previously recorded.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we recorded impairments of $9.4 million to our operating right-of-use assets and certain related fixed assets associated with the vacated locations, or portions thereof, in North Canton, San Diego, Horsham, St. Louis, Irvine, Atlanta, Brentwood, and Phoenix, in connection with our restructuring plans, based on projected sublease rental income and estimated sublease commencement dates.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we also recorded $3.2 million of impairments related to the write down of previously capitalized software development costs for certain technology that will no longer be utilized in any future software solutions.

Interest Expense

The following table presents our interest expense for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Interest income

 

$

38

 

 

$

256

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3,516

)

 

 

(1,955

)

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(64

)

 

 

846

 

Interest expense relates to our revolving credit agreement and the related amortization of deferred debt issuance costs. Refer to Note 11, “Line of Credit” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.

Interest expense for the year ended March 31, 2021 increased $1.6 million compared to the prior year. The changes in interest expense is primarily caused by fluctuations in outstanding balances under our revolving credit agreement and the related amortization of debt issuance costs. As of March 31, 2021, we had no outstanding loans under the revolving credit agreement, compared to an outstanding balance of $129.0 million as of March 31, 2020.

Other income for the year ended March 31, 2021 decreased $0.9 million compared to the prior year, which was primarily associated with fluctuations in the India foreign exchange rates.

Benefit of Income Taxes

The following table presents our benefit of income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Benefit of income taxes

 

$

(240

)

 

$

(3,239

)

Effective tax rate

 

 

-2.6

%

 

 

-76.1

%

The change in the effective tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2021 compared to the prior year was driven primarily by lower net benefits from certain return to provision adjustments and a decrease of research and development credits, decrease of certain nondeductible expenses and release of uncertain tax position reserves on prior year tax settlements, partially offset by an increase in current year valuation allowance expense related to certain deferred taxes and increase of net nondeductible compensation related expenses.

The CARES Act and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Stimulus Bill”), signed into law on March 27, 2020 and December 27, 2020, respectively, have resulted in significant changes to the U.S. federal corporate tax law. Additionally, several state and foreign jurisdictions have enacted additional legislation and or comply with federal changes. We have considered the applicable tax law changes and recognized the impact in our income tax provision, as applicable.

38


Table of Contents

Net Income

The following table presents our net income (in thousands) and net income per share and for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net income

 

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

Diluted

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

As a result of the foregoing changes in revenue and expense, net income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 increased $2.0 million compared to the prior year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

73,295

 

 

$

138,012

 

Unused portion of revolving credit agreement (1)

 

300,000

 

 

 

171,000

 

Total liquidity

$

373,295

 

 

$

309,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

98,518

 

 

$

85,601

 

(1)

As of March 31, 2021, we had no outstanding borrowings under our $300.0 million revolving credit agreement.

We had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit agreement as of March 31, 2021 compared to $129.0 million as of March 31, 2020.

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, driven mostly by our net income and working capital management, our cash and cash equivalents, and our revolving credit agreement.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents on hand at March 31, 2021, together with our cash flows from operating activities and liquidity provided by our revolving credit agreement, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months. During the challenging and uncertain period brought on by the initial phases of the COVID-19 pandemic, we made some important decisions, including cost reduction activities with a primary goal of preserving cash and protecting the employee base. Most of these cost reductions were temporary as we believed that preserving our employee base, organizational momentum, and robust capabilities was the right decision for our Company and our shareholders. We had proactively strengthened our cash position by increasing the outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit agreement, which was subsequently repaid based on the reassessment of our short-term cash flow and working capital requirements, such that we have no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit agreement as of March 31, 2021. At present, we are conducting business as usual with certain modifications to employee travel, employee work locations, and marketing events, among other modifications. However, the extent to which COVID-19 may continue to impact our business, financial results, cash flows, and liquidity requirements depends on numerous evolving factors including, but not limited to, the magnitude and duration of COVID-19; the impact on our employees; the extent to which it impacts worldwide macroeconomic conditions, including interest rates, employment rates, and health insurance coverage; the speed of the recovery; and governmental and business reactions to the pandemic. We will continue to assess the potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and actively manage our response accordingly.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of March 31, 2021, our cash and cash equivalents balance of $73.3 million compared to $138.0 million as of March 31, 2020.

We may continue to use a portion of our funds as well as available financing from our revolving credit agreement for future acquisitions or other similar business activities, although the specific timing and amount of funds to be used is not currently determinable. We intend to expend some of our available funds for the development of products complementary to our existing product line as well as new versions of certain of our products. These developments are intended to take advantage of more powerful technologies and to increase the integration of our products.

39


Table of Contents

Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. Excess cash, if any, may be invested in very liquid short term assets including tax exempt and taxable money market funds, certificates of deposit and short term municipal bonds with average maturities of 365 days or less at the time of purchase. Our Board of Directors continues to review alternate uses for our cash including an expansion of our investment policy and other items. Any or all of these programs could significantly impact our investment income in future periods.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net income

 

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

Non-cash expenses

 

 

78,698

 

 

 

85,902

 

Cash from net income, as adjusted

 

$

88,213

 

 

$

93,400

 

Change in contract assets and liabilities, net

 

 

(9,844

)

 

 

1,325

 

Change in accounts receivable

 

 

(369

)

 

 

4,937

 

Change in all other assets and liabilities

 

 

20,518

 

 

 

(14,061

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

98,518

 

 

$

85,601

 

For the year ended March 31, 2021, cash provided by operating activities increased $12.9 million compared to the prior year, consisting of $34.6 million increase from net changes in other assets and liabilities, partially offset by $16.5 million decrease from net changes in accounts receivable and contract balances, and $5.2 million decrease from lower net income, as adjusted for non-cash expenses. The increase in cash from net changes in other assets and liabilities is primarily due to higher accruals of discretionary and annual merit bonuses, higher accrued legal expenses, the deferral of remitting payroll taxes to the taxing authority as permitted under CARES Act to be paid in two equal amounts at the end of calendar 2021 and 2022, increase in care services liabilities due to timing of payments and reimbursements, higher accrued hosting costs, and higher accrued employee benefits costs. These increases were offset by a reduction in operating lease liabilities due to rental payments and the net impact on our lease liabilities from the early termination of certain facility leases, as well as a decrease in cash from changes in accounts payable due to timing of invoice payments. The decrease in cash associated with net changes in contract assets and liabilities is primarily due to timing differences between client invoicing and revenue recognition, lower level of maintenance invoicing as a result of client attrition, and completion of professional service projects. Accounts receivable balances in the prior year benefited from our significant efforts to collect and resolve aged balances, resulting in a corresponding increase in cash provided by operating activities. Non-cash expenses decreased $7.2 million primarily due to lower asset impairment charges, changes in our deferred income taxes, lower amortization of other intangibles, and lower non-cash operating lease costs, partially offset by higher amortization of capitalized software costs and higher share-based compensation expense.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 was $28.5 million and $96.1 million, respectively. The $67.5 million net decrease in cash used in investing activities compared to the prior year is primarily due to cash payments for our acquisitions of Topaz, Medfusion and OTTO, net of cash acquired, of $71.7 million in the prior year and a $3.7 million decrease in additions to equipment and improvements, offset by $5.1 million higher capitalization of software development costs in the current year and $2.5 million proceeds of over-funded corporate-owned life insurance policies received in the prior year.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash used for financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2021 was $131.7 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $116.3 million in the prior year. The increase in cash used for financing activities is due to $129.0 million of net repayments on our revolving credit facility, comprised of $50.0 million of additional borrowings and $179.0 million of principal repayments, $4.8 million of payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards, and $1.4 million paid for debt issuance costs related to the second amendment of our revolving credit agreement, partially offset by $3.5 million of net proceeds from the issuance of shares under employee plans. In comparison, during the prior year, net borrowings on our revolving credit facility were $118.0 million, consisting of $19.0 million of principal repayments and $137.0 million of additional borrowings, $2.4 million of net proceeds from the issuance of shares under employee plans, partially offset by $4.1 million of payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards.

40


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

As of March 31, 2021, we had minimum purchase commitments of $45.7 million related to payments due under certain non-cancelable agreements to purchase goods and services.

The following table summarizes our other significant contractual obligations at March 31, 2021 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in future periods (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended March 31,

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

Operating lease obligations

 

$

21,182

 

 

$

7,985

 

 

$

5,176

 

 

$

4,300

 

 

$

2,687

 

 

$

1,034

 

Remaining lease obligations for vacated

   properties (1)

 

 

12,082

 

 

 

5,740

 

 

 

3,044

 

 

 

1,972

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

223

 

Total

 

$

33,264

 

 

$

13,725

 

 

$

8,220

 

 

$

6,272

 

 

$

3,790

 

 

$

1,257

 

(1)

Remaining lease obligations for vacated properties relates to remaining lease obligations at certain locations, including Cary, Brentwood, Solana Beach, North Canton, Phoenix and portions of Atlanta, Irvine, Horsham, and St. Louis, that we have vacated and are actively marketing the locations for sublease as part of our reorganization efforts. Refer to Note 6, “Leases” and Note 17, "Restructuring Plan" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information. Total obligations have not been reduced by projected sublease rentals or by minimum sublease rentals of $1.2 million due in future periods under non-cancelable subleases.

The deferred compensation liability as of March 31, 2021 was $6.6 million, which is not included in the table above as the timing of future benefit payments to employees is not determinable.

The uncertain tax position liability as of March 31, 2021 was $4.4 million, which is not included in the table above as the timing of expected payments is not determinable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysisaudit of our consolidated financial statements and resultsreview of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends, and other factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies and update our assumptions, estimates, and judgments, as needed, to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations will be affected.

Our significant accounting policies, as described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of our notes tointerim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report, should be read in conjunction with management’s discussionour quarterly reports and analysis of financial condition and results of operations. We believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results because application of such policies require significant judgment regarding the effects of mattersservices that are inherently uncertain and that affect our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Application of the revenue recognition guidance requires a significant amount of judgments and estimates, which may impact the amount and timing of revenue recognition and related disclosures. Refer to Note 3, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding our revenue recognition policies, significant judgements, and estimates.

41


Table of Contents

Software Development Costs

Software development costs, consisting primarily of employee salaries and benefits and certain third party costs, incurred in the development of new software solutions and enhancements to existing software solutions for external sale are expensed as incurred, and reported as net research and development costs in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income, until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any additional software development costs are capitalized. Amortization of capitalized software is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is typically three years. The total of capitalized software costs incurred in the development of products for external sale are reported as capitalized software costs within our consolidated balance sheets.

We also incur costs related to the development of software applications for our internal-use and for the development of software-as-a-service ("SaaS") based solutions sold to our clients. The development costs of our SaaS-based solutions are considered internal-use for accounting purposes. Our internal-use capitalized development costs are stated at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is typically three years. Application development stage costs generally include costs associated with internal-use software configuration, coding, installation and testing. Costs related to the preliminary project stage and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Costs of significant upgrades and enhancements that result in additional functionality are also capitalized, whereas costs incurred for maintenance and minor upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs for the development of SaaS-based solutions are reported as capitalized software costs within our consolidated balance sheets and capitalized software costs for the development of our internal-use software applications are reported as equipment and improvements within our consolidated balance sheets.

We periodically reassess the estimated economic life and the recoverability of our capitalized software costs. If we determine that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the expected net cash flows to be generated from sales of the applicable software solutions, the amountnormally provided by which the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the net realizable value is written off as a charge to earnings. The net realizable value is estimated as the expected future gross revenues from that product reduced by the estimated future costs of completing and disposing of that product, including the costs of performing maintenance and client support required to satisfy our responsibility at the time of sale.In addition to the assessment of net realizable value, we review and adjust the remaining estimated lives of our capitalized software costs, if necessary. We also perform a periodic review of our software solutions and dispose of fully amortized capitalized software costs after such products are determined to no longer be used by our clients.

Although we currently believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.

Business Combinations

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we completed the acquisitions of Topaz, Medfusion, and OTTO. We accounted for the acquisitions as purchase business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting.

In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, we allocated the purchase price of acquired businesses to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values. Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires us to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, including, but not limited to, intangible assets, goodwill, and contingent consideration liabilities. We estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses depending on the nature of the assets being sold. We estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities, as needed, based on our projection of expected results and the estimated probability of achievement. The process to develop the estimate of fair values in many cases requires the use of significant estimates, assumptions and judgments, including determining the timing and estimates of future cash flows and developing appropriate discount rates. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies. We finalize the purchase price allocation as soon as practicable within the measurement period, but not later than one year following the acquisition date. Any adjustments to fair value subsequent to the measurement period are reflected in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Refer to Note 7, "Business Combinations" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding our business combination policies, significant judgements, and estimates.

42


Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured as the excess of the purchase price, or consideration transferred, over the net acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized as it has been determined to have an indefinite useful life.

We test goodwill for impairment annually during our first fiscal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. We will also test for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at a reporting-unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). We operate as one segment and have a single reporting unit. The measures evaluated by our chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, to assess company performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources include consolidated revenue and consolidated operating results.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We assess events or changes in circumstances in totality, including macroeconomic and industry conditions, market and competitive environment, changes in customers or customer mix, cost factors, loss of key personnel, significant changes in legislative environment or other legal factors, changes in the use of our acquired assets, changes in our strategic direction, significant changes in projected future results of operations, changes in the composition or carrying amount of our net assets, and changes in our stock price. Based on our assessment, if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. Otherwise, if we determine that a quantitative impairment test should be performed, we then evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between the reporting unit’s fair value and carrying amount, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative step of the goodwill impairment assessment and proceed directly with the quantitative step, whereby we compared the fair value of our single reporting unit with its carrying amount. The results of the goodwill impairment assessment indicated that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its net carrying amountby a significant amount, indicating that no goodwill impairment existed as of the annual test dates ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020. We also did not identify any events or circumstances that would require an interim goodwill impairment test.

Application of the goodwill impairment test required significant judgment, including the identification of reporting units and determination of the fair value of the reporting unit. We determined the fair value of our reporting unit utilizing the average of two valuation methods, consisting of the income approach (based upon estimates of future discounted cash flows for the reporting unit) and a market comparable approach (based upon valuation multiples of companies that operate in similar industries with similar operating characteristics). The cash flows used to determine fair value under the income approach required significant judgments and represent Management's best estimates of projected operating results, terminal and long-term growth rates of our business, useful life over which cash flows will occur, and our weighted average cost of capital, that are dependent on a number of significant assumptions based on historical experience, expectations of future performance, and the expected macroeconomic environment, which are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results. We also considered our stock price and market capitalization as a corroborative step in assessing the reasonableness of the fair values estimated for the reporting unit as part of the goodwill impairment assessment.

The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit changes from year to year based on operating results, market conditions, and other factors. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment for the reporting unit. We currently also do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we used to test for impairment losses on goodwill. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment charges that could be material.

Refer to Note 8, "Goodwill" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding our goodwill policies, significant judgements, and estimates.

43


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of trade names, customer relationships, and software technology, all of which are associated with our acquisitions.

The intangible assets are recorded at fair value and are reported net of accumulated amortization. We currently amortize the intangible assets over periods ranging from 5 to 10 years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. We assess the recoverability of intangible assets at least annually or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. If the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets are less than the carrying value of such assets, impairment is deemed to have occurred and a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the intangible assets to fair value, which is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows. In addition to the impairment assessment, we routinely review the remaining estimated lives of our intangible assets and record adjustments, if deemed necessary.

Although currently we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to decreases in the fair value of our intangible assets, resulting in impairment charges that could be material. We test intangible assets for impairment if we believe indicators of impairment exist.

Share-Based Compensation

We record share-based compensation related to share-based awards granted under our employee stock options and incentive plans.

Share-based compensation expense associated with stock options granted under our equity incentive plans is based on the number of options that ultimately vest and adjusted, if needed, as forfeitures occur. We estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model based on required inputs, including expected term, volatility, risk-free rate, and expected dividend yield. Expected term is estimated based upon the historical exercise behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and therefore the proportion of awards that is expected to vest. Volatility is estimated by using the weighted-average historical volatility of our common stock, which approximates expected volatility. The risk-free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. The fair value vest is recognized ratably as expense over the requisite service period in our consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Share-based compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is estimated using the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. Share-based compensation expense associated with restricted performance stock awards and units are based on the grant date fair value measured at the underlying closing share price on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo-based valuation model.

We currently do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine share-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in share-based compensation expense that could be material.

See Note 15, “Share-Based Awards,” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for a complete discussion of our stock-based compensation plans and our accounting policies, significant judgements, and estimates.

Reserves on Accounts Receivable

We maintain reserves for estimated potential sales returns and uncollectible accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are reported net of uncollectible accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our standard contracts generally do not contain provisions for clients to return products or services. However, we historically have accepted sales returns under limited circumstances. We estimate expected sales returns and other forms of variable consideration considering our customary business practice and contract-specific facts and circumstances, and we consider such estimated potential returns as variable consideration when allocating the transaction price to the extent it is probable that there will not be a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized.

We adopted ASU 2016-13 on April 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective transition approach, which required the recognition of expected credit losses for our accounts receivable and our contract assets, consisting of unbilled receivables. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as the expected credit loss model was not significantly different from our prior policy and methodology for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

44


Table of Contents

Allowances for doubtful accounts and other uncollectible accounts receivable related to estimated losses resulting from our clients’ inability to make required payments are established based on our assessment of the collectability of client accounts, including review of our historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances, net of specifically reserved accounts and amounts billed prior to revenue recognition. Specific reserves are based on our estimate of the probability of collection for certain accounts. As part of our assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we considered a number of factors including, but not limited to, historical credit loss experience and adjustments for certain asset-specific risk characteristics, such as bankruptcy filings, internal assessments of client credit quality, age of the client receivable balances, review of major third-party credit-rating agencies, and evaluation of external factors such as economic conditions, including the potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, that may affect a client’s ability to pay, or other client-specific factors. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after we have expended extensive collection efforts.

If a major client’s creditworthiness or financial condition were to deteriorate, if actual defaults are higher than our historical experience, or if other circumstances arise, our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due to us could be overstated, and additional allowances could be required, which could have an adverse impact on our operating results. Although we currently believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in required reserves that could be material.

See Note 4, “Accounts Receivable,” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.

Leases

Our leasing arrangements are reflected on the balance sheet as right-of-use assets and liabilities pertaining to the rights and obligations created by the leased assets. We determine whether an arrangement is a lease at inception and classify it as finance or operating. All of our existing material leases are classified as operating leases. Our leases do not contain any residual value guarantees.

Right-of-use lease assets and corresponding lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. Since the interest rate implicit in our lease arrangements is not readily determinable, we determine an incremental borrowing rate for each lease based on the approximate interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar remaining terms and payments as of the lease commencement date to determine the present value of future lease payments. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease. Currently, it is not reasonably certain that we will exercise those options and therefore, we utilize the initial, noncancelable, lease term to calculate the lease assets and corresponding liabilities for all our leases. We have certain insignificant short-term leases with an initial term of twelve months or less that are not recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. Operating right-of-use lease assets are classified as operating lease assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our lease agreements generally contain lease and non-lease components. Non-lease components primarily include payments for maintenance and utilities. We have applied the practical expedient to combine fixed payments for non-lease components with our lease payments for all of our leases and account for them together as a single lease component, which increases the amount of our lease assets and corresponding liabilities. Payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed, however, certain lease agreements contain variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the operating lease assets and liabilities.

Operating lease costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included as a selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Refer to Note 6, "Leases" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.

45


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As of March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, we were subject to minimal market risk on our cash and cash equivalents as we maintained our balances in very liquid funds with maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.

As of March 31, 2021 we had no outstanding borrowings under our second amended and restated revolving credit agreement (“the Credit Agreement”) compared to $129.0 million in outstanding borrowings as of March 31, 2020. The revolving loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either, at our option of either, (a) for base rate loans, a base rate based on the highest of (i) 1%, (ii) the “prime rate” quoted in the Wall Street Journal for the United States of America, (iii) the overnight bank funding rate (not to be less than zero) as determined by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York plus 0.50% or (iv) the LIBOR-based rate for one month Eurodollar deposits plus 1%, and (b) for Eurodollar loans, the LIBOR-based rate for one, two, three or six months (as selected by the Company) Eurodollar deposits plus, in each case, an applicable margin based on our net leverage ratio from time to time, ranging from 0.50% to 1.75% for base rate loans, and from 1.50% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans. Accordingly, we are exposed to interest rate risk, primarily changes in LIBOR (including the transition away from LIBOR), due to our loans under the revolving credit agreement. Refer to Note 11, “Line of Credit” of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information.

As of March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, we had international operations that exposed us to the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar. However, the impact of foreign currency fluctuations has not been material to our financial position or operating results.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See our consolidated financial statements identified in the Index to Financial Statements appearing under “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

46


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the "Exchange Act") as of March 31, 2021, the end of the period covered by this Report (the “Evaluation Date”). They have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities and would be disclosed on a timely basis. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed, and are effective, to give reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. They have also concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that:

(1)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(2)

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

(3)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management of the Company has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2021. In making our assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2021.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report containedconnection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees.No audit-related fees were incurred for fiscal years 2021 and 2020.

Tax Fees. Tax fees for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 consist of fees billed for tax planning and advice services.

All Other Fees. All other fees for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 incurred is due to the use of subscription-based accounting research and disclosure checklist tools.

Auditor Independence

Pursuant to its charter and the policy described further below, our Audit Committee pre-approves audit and non-audit services rendered by our independent public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Our Audit Committee has determined that the rendering of non-audit services for tax compliance, tax planning and tax consulting advice by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is compatible with maintaining the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services

Our Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for us by our independent registered public accounting firm, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Item 15(a)Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of Part IV of this Report, "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules."

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended March 31, 2021, there were no changes in our “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act)Act that have materially affected, or are reasonably likelyapproved by our Audit Committee prior to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.the completion of the audit.


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

47


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2021 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

48


Table of Contents


 

PART IV

ITEMItem 15. EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 10-K:10-K/A:

 

Page

(1) Index to Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

56

Consolidated Balance SheetsSeparation Agreement, dated as of March 31,June 19, 2021, by and 2020

59

Consolidated Statements of Net Incomebetween NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and Comprehensive Income — Years Ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

60

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity — Years Ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

61

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

62

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

64

John R. Frantz

 

(2) The following supplementary financial statement scheduleForm of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form 10-K is filed as part of this Report.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts — Years Ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

88

Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

PSU Agreement

 

(3) The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference and filed as a part of this Report.

 

Index to Exhibits

50



 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

49


Table of ContentsNone.

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

Herewith

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989 (Registration No. 333-00161)

 

 

S-1

 

 

3.1

 

11-Jan-96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005

 

 

10-K

 

 

3.1.1

 

14-Jun-05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.01

 

11-Oct-05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.1

 

6-Mar-06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2011

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.1

 

6-Oct-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of California effective September 6, 2018

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.1

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective October 30, 2008

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.1

 

31-Oct-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., effective September 6, 2018

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.2

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., effective January 26, 2021

 

 

8-K

 

 

3.1

 

27-Jan-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 6, 2018, to change the name of Quality Systems, Inc. to NextGen Healthcare, Inc.

 

 

8-K

 

 

2.1

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 30, 2015, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Ivory Merger Sub, Inc., HealthFusion Holdings, Inc. and Seth Flam, Sol Lizerbram, and Jonathan Flam, as the Securityholder Representative Committee.

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

30-Oct-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 11, 2017, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Engage Merger Sub, Inc., Entrada, Inc. and FCA Venture Partners V, LP, as the Company Stockholders' Representative

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

12-Apr-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 31, 2017, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Peacock Merger Sub, Inc., EagleDream Health, Inc. and Algimantas K. Chesonis

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

1-Aug-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 12, 2019, by and among NextGen Healthcare, Inc., Renegade Merger Sub, Inc., MedFusion, Inc., and Project Renegade LLC, as the Equityholders Representative

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

18-Nov-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

Herewith

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989 (Registration No. 333-00161)

 

 

 

S-1

 

3.1

 

11-Jan-96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005

 

 

 

10-K

 

3.1.1

 

14-Jun-05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.01

 

11-Oct-05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

6-Mar-06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2011

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

6-Oct-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of California effective September 6, 2018

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective October 30, 2008

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

31-Oct-08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., effective September 6, 2018

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.2

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of NextGen Healthcare, Inc., effective January 26, 2021

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

27-Jan-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

 

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, effective June 18, 2021

 

 

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

18-Jun-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

 

10-K

 

4.1

 

27-May-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 6, 2018, to change the name of Quality Systems, Inc. to NextGen Healthcare, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

10-Sep-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 30, 2015, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Ivory Merger Sub, Inc., HealthFusion Holdings, Inc. and Seth Flam, Sol Lizerbram, and Jonathan Flam, as the Securityholder Representative Committee.

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

30-Oct-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 11, 2017, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Engage Merger Sub, Inc., Entrada, Inc. and FCA Venture Partners V, LP, as the Company Stockholders' Representative

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

12-Apr-17

50


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

Herewith

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016, among Quality Systems, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as syndication agent, and Bank of the West, KeyBank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents

 

 

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

29-Jan-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2018, among Quality Systems, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as syndication agent, and Bank of the West, KeyBank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

4-Apr-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2021, among NextGen, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of the West, as co-syndication agents, and certain other agents and lenders

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

16-Mar-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

DEF14A

 

Appendix I

 

1-Jul-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

5-Jun-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

5-Jun-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12*

 

Form of Outside Director's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

15-Aug-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Form of Executive Officer Restricted Stock Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

28-May-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14*

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

10.17

 

29-May-14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Form of Outside Directors Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement under 2010 Outside Director Compensation Program

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

2-Feb-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Quality Systems, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

14-Aug-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Quality Systems, Inc. Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

23-Aug-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18*

 

NextGen Healthcare, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

16-Aug-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

14-Aug-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20*

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

14-Aug-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

14-Aug-15


51


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 31, 2017, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Peacock Merger Sub, Inc., EagleDream Health, Inc. and Algimantas K. Chesonis

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

1-Aug-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 12, 2019, by and among NextGen Healthcare, Inc., Renegade Merger Sub, Inc., MedFusion, Inc., and Project Renegade LLC, as the Equityholders Representative

 

 

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

18-Nov-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016, among Quality Systems, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as syndication agent, and Bank of the West, KeyBank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents

 

 

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

29-Jan-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2018, among Quality Systems, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as syndication agent, and Bank of the West, KeyBank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

4-Apr-18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2021, among NextGen, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of the West, as co-syndication agents, and certain other agents and lenders

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

16-Mar-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

DEF14A

 

Appendix I

 

1-Jul-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

5-Jun-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

5-Jun-07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12*

 

Form of Outside Director's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

15-Aug-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Form of Executive Officer Restricted Stock Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

28-May-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14*

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

10.17

 

29-May-14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Form of Outside Directors Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement under 2010 Outside Director Compensation Program

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

2-Feb-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Quality Systems, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

14-Aug-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Quality Systems, Inc. Amended 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

23-Aug-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18*

 

NextGen Healthcare, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

16-Aug-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

14-Aug-15


 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

Herewith10.20*

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date8-K

10.2

14-Aug-15

10.21*

Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

8-K

10.3

14-Aug-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22*

 

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

16-Aug-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Form of Outside Director Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

16-Aug-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

16-Aug-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Form of Performance Stock Award Grant Notice and Performance/Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, entered into with the Company's named executive officers effective December 29, 2016.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

3-Jan-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Performance/Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, entered into with the Company's named executive officers effective December 29, 2016.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

3-Jan-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27*

 

Quality Systems, Inc. 2014 Employee Share Purchase Plan

 

 

 

DEF14A

 

Annex A

 

27-Jun-14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28*

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 3, 2015, between Quality Systems, Inc. and John R. Frantz

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

4-Jun-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29*

 

Executive Employment Agreement Addendum, dated as of January 22, 2019, between NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and John R. Frantz

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

23-Jan-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30*

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated January 27, 2016, between David Metcalfe and Quality Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

28-Jan-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31*

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated February 16, 2016, between James R. Arnold and Quality Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

18-Feb-16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32*

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated November 27, 2017, between Jeffrey D. Linton and Quality Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

1-Dec-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33*

 

NextGen Healthcare, Inc, FY2021 Director Compensation Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

18-Aug-20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (Directors and Officers)

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

28-Jan-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35*

 

2009 Quality Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

 

 

10-K

 

10.8

 

30-May-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36*

 

Agreement by and among Quality Systems, Inc., the Clinton Group, Inc. and certain of its affiliates, dated as of July 17, 2013

 

 

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

17-Jul-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2110.37*

 

ListSeparation Agreement, dated as of subsidiaries.

X

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

X

31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer RequiredJune 19, 2021, by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.and between NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and John R. Frantz

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Filed

Herewith

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

X

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

X

101.INS**

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE**

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2021, has been formatted in Inline XBRL.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38*

 

Form of Performance Stock Award Grant Notice and Performance Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

 

 

10-K

 

21

 

27-May-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

 

10-K

 

23.1

 

27-May-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

10-K

 

32.1

 

27-May-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS**

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH**

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL**

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF**

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB**

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE**

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

The cover page from Amendment No. 1 on Form 10K/A to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2021, has been formatted in Inline XBRL.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

**

XBRL information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of

*

section 11 or 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

53


Table of Contents


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JohnJames R. FrantzArnold, Jr.

 

 

 

JohnJames R. FrantzArnold, Jr.

 

 

 

Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer (Principal(Interim Principal Executive Officer)

 

By:

 

/s/ James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

 

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

By:

 

/s/ David Ahmadzai

 

 

 

David Ahmadzai

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Date: May 26,July 29, 2021

54


Table of Contents

 


KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John R. Frantz, James R. Arnold, Jr., and David Ahmadzai, each of them acting individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey H. Margolis

 

Chairman of the Board and Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Jeffrey H. Margolis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig A. Barbarosh

 

Vice Chairman of the Board and Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Craig A. Barbarosh

/s/ John R. Frantz

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

May 26, 2021

John R. Frantz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal(Interim Principal Executive Officer and

Principal Financial Officer)

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

James R. Arnold, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Ahmadzai

 

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

David Ahmadzai

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George H. Bristol

 

Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

George H. Bristol

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Julie D. Klapstein

 

Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Julie D. Klapstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Malone

 

Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

James C. Malone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 /s/

/s/ Morris Panner

 

Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Morris Panner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sheldon Razin

 

Chairman Emeritus and Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Sheldon Razin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lance E. Rosenzweig

 

Director

 

May 26,July 29, 2021

Lance E. Rosenzweig

 

 

 

 

 

5544


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of NextGen Healthcare, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and  its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated  statements of net income and comprehensive income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows  for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2021, including the related notes and  financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively  referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's  internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2021, based on criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all  material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2021 and 2020, and the  results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March  31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of  America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal  control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal  Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in fiscal 2020 and the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in fiscal 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for  maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the  effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on  Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to  express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm  registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and  are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal  securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission and the PCAOB.


56


Table of Contents

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the  consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or  fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all  material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the  risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or  fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included  examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated  financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and  significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the  consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included  obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of  internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other  procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a  reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable  assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial  statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A  company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that  (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect  the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance  that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of  the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and  directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely  detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have  a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or  detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are  subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that  the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of  the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to  the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the  consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or  complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our  opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by

57


Table of Contents

communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit  matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Customer Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded total  revenues of $557 million for the year ended March 31, 2021. The Company’s contracts with  customers may include multiple performance obligations that consist of various combinations of  software solutions and related services, which are generally capable of being distinct and  accounted for as separate performance obligations. The total transaction price is allocated to each  performance obligation within a contract based on estimated standalone selling prices.  Standalone selling prices are generally determined based on the prices charged to customers,  except for certain software licenses that are based on the residual approach because their  standalone selling prices are highly variable and certain maintenance customers that are based on  substantive renewal rates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition, specifically customer contracts with multiple performance obligations, is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in identifying distinct performance obligations for each contract and in determining the amount to be allocated to each performance obligation. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to whether management appropriately (i) identified all performance obligations and (ii) allocated the transaction price to each performance obligation within the contract.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls related to management’s identification of performance obligations, determination of the estimated standalone selling price, and allocation of transaction price. These procedures also included, among others, reviewing contracts with customers for a sample of contracts and i) testing management’s identification of distinct performance obligations in its contracts with customers, ii) testing management’s estimate of standalone selling prices and (iii) testing management’s allocation of transaction price to the performance obligations.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Irvine, California

May 26, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

58


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

73,295

 

 

$

138,012

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,280

 

 

 

2,307

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

77,541

 

 

 

80,006

 

Contract assets

 

 

19,481

 

 

 

12,529

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

765

 

 

 

856

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

31,282

 

 

 

26,305

 

Total current assets

 

 

207,644

 

 

 

260,015

 

Equipment and improvements, net

 

 

14,539

 

 

 

19,836

 

Capitalized software costs, net

 

 

41,474

 

 

 

37,004

 

Operating lease assets

 

 

18,446

 

 

 

31,004

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

 

19,474

 

 

 

10,620

 

Contract assets, net of current

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

3,007

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

36,700

 

 

 

57,809

 

Goodwill

 

 

267,212

 

 

 

267,165

 

Other assets

 

 

37,021

 

 

 

33,656

 

Total assets

 

$

644,486

 

 

$

720,116

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

11,378

 

 

$

10,521

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

52,863

 

 

 

56,786

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

 

50,374

 

 

 

23,792

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

584

 

 

 

148

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

12,735

 

 

 

10,619

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

52,699

 

 

 

41,352

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

180,633

 

 

 

143,218

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

6,620

 

 

 

5,300

 

Line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

129,000

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

 

 

18,453

 

 

 

38,823

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

7,136

 

 

 

3,281

 

Total liabilities

 

 

212,842

 

 

 

319,622

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.01 par value; authorized 100,000 shares; issued and outstanding 67,069 and 66,134 shares at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

671

 

 

 

661

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

304,263

 

 

 

282,857

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(1,924

)

 

 

(2,143

)

Retained earnings

 

 

128,634

 

 

 

119,119

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

431,644

 

 

 

400,494

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

644,486

 

 

$

720,116

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

$

502,819

 

 

$

489,313

 

 

$

473,921

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring

 

54,002

 

 

 

50,926

 

 

 

55,252

 

Total revenues

 

556,821

 

 

 

540,239

 

 

 

529,173

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

212,199

 

 

 

205,057

 

 

 

191,496

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring

 

26,457

 

 

 

26,904

 

 

 

26,711

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs and acquired intangible assets

 

36,768

 

 

 

35,478

 

 

 

28,490

 

Total cost of revenue

 

275,424

 

 

 

267,439

 

 

 

246,697

 

Gross profit

 

281,397

 

 

 

272,800

 

 

 

282,476

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

180,529

 

 

 

165,174

 

 

 

164,879

 

Research and development costs, net

 

75,501

 

 

 

83,295

 

 

 

80,994

 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

 

4,449

 

 

 

4,143

 

 

 

4,344

 

Impairment of assets

 

5,539

 

 

 

12,571

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

2,562

 

 

 

2,505

 

 

 

640

 

Total operating expenses

 

268,580

 

 

 

267,688

 

 

 

250,857

 

Income from operations

 

12,817

 

 

 

5,112

 

 

 

31,619

 

Interest income

 

38

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

216

 

Interest expense

 

(3,516

)

 

 

(1,955

)

 

 

(2,814

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(64

)

 

 

846

 

 

 

267

 

Income before provision for (benefit of) income taxes

 

9,275

 

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

29,288

 

Provision for (benefit of) income taxes

 

(240

)

 

 

(3,239

)

 

 

4,794

 

Net income

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

 

$

24,494

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

 

219

 

 

 

(912

)

 

 

(831

)

Comprehensive income

$

9,734

 

 

$

6,586

 

 

$

23,663

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.38

 

Diluted

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.38

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

66,739

 

 

 

65,474

 

 

 

64,417

 

Diluted

 

66,885

 

 

 

65,612

 

 

 

64,600

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Shareholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Loss

 

 

Equity

 

Balance, March 31, 2018

 

 

63,995

 

 

 

640

 

 

 

244,462

 

 

 

78,708

 

 

 

(400

)

 

 

323,410

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

 

 

843

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,352

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,102

 

Cumulative effect adjustment related to the adoption of ASC 606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,419

 

Components of other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(831

)

 

 

(831

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,494

 

Balance, March 31, 2019

 

 

64,838

 

 

 

648

 

 

 

264,908

 

 

 

111,621

 

 

 

(1,231

)

 

 

375,946

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(1,745

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,732

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,694

 

Components of other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(912

)

 

 

(912

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,498

 

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

 

66,134

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

282,857

 

 

 

119,119

 

 

 

(2,143

)

 

 

400,494

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

 

 

935

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(1,304

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,294

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,710

 

Components of other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

219

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,515

 

Balance, March 31, 2021

 

 

67,069

 

 

$

671

 

 

$

304,263

 

 

$

128,634

 

 

$

(1,924

)

 

$

431,644

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

 

$

24,494

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs

 

 

20,108

 

 

 

17,085

 

 

 

11,338

 

Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs

 

 

1,026

 

 

 

710

 

 

 

710

 

Amortization of other intangibles

 

 

21,109

 

 

 

22,536

 

 

 

21,496

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(1,367

)

 

 

(950

)

 

 

1,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(8,854

)

 

 

(5,379

)

 

 

245

 

Depreciation

 

 

7,997

 

 

 

8,172

 

 

 

10,298

 

Excess tax deficiency (benefit) from share-based compensation

 

 

798

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(365

)

Impairment of assets

 

 

5,539

 

 

 

12,571

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of equipment and improvements

 

 

12

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

194

 

Non-cash operating lease costs

 

 

6,786

 

 

 

8,108

 

 

 

 

Provision for bad debts

 

 

2,834

 

 

 

3,367

 

 

 

5,644

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

22,710

 

 

 

19,694

 

 

 

16,102

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(369

)

 

 

4,937

 

 

 

(6,178

)

Contract assets

 

 

(5,921

)

 

 

1,458

 

 

 

(812

)

Accounts payable

 

 

615

 

 

 

3,330

 

 

 

1,070

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

(3,923

)

 

 

(133

)

 

 

(4,131

)

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

 

26,582

 

 

 

(2,419

)

 

 

(2,992

)

Income taxes

 

 

1,615

 

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

4,049

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

(605

)

 

 

(181

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(16,736

)

 

 

(9,684

)

 

 

 

Other assets and liabilities

 

 

7,122

 

 

 

(7,137

)

 

 

(31,506

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

98,518

 

 

 

85,601

 

 

 

50,475

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to capitalized software costs

 

 

(24,578

)

 

 

(19,432

)

 

 

(20,571

)

Additions to equipment and improvements

 

 

(3,761

)

 

 

(7,449

)

 

 

(4,952

)

Acquisition related working capital adjustment payments

 

 

(206

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(71,691

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from over-funded corporate-owned life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(28,545

)

 

 

(96,072

)

 

 

(25,523

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

137,000

 

 

 

26,000

 

Repayments on line of credit

 

 

(179,000

)

 

 

(19,000

)

 

 

(52,000

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(1,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares under employee plans

 

 

3,479

 

 

 

2,409

 

 

 

7,533

 

Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

 

 

(4,773

)

 

 

(4,141

)

 

 

(3,181

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(131,717

)

 

 

116,268

 

 

 

(21,648

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

(61,744

)

 

 

105,797

 

 

 

3,304

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

140,319

 

 

 

34,522

 

 

 

31,218

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

78,575

 

 

$

140,319

 

 

$

34,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

6,206

 

 

$

2,599

 

 

$

1,570

 

Cash refunds from income taxes

 

 

155

 

 

 

2,728

 

 

 

675

 

Cash paid for interest

 

 

2,708

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

1,819

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash additions to capitalized software

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,304

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

 

 

18,651

 

 

 

11,527

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 

3,107

 

 

 

8,494

 

 

 

 

Accrued purchases of equipment and improvements

 

 

242

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

149

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

62


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES INDEX

Note

Page

Note 1

Organization of Business

64

Note 2

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

64

Note 3

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

69

Note 4

Accounts Receivable

72

Note 5

Fair Value Measurements

73

Note 6

Leases

74

Note 7

Business Combinations

75

Note 8

Goodwill

77

Note 9

Intangible Assets

77

Note 10

Capitalized Software Costs

78

Note 11

Line of Credit

78

Note 12

Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

79

Note 13

Income Taxes

80

Note 14

Employee Benefit Plans

82

Note 15

Share-Based Awards

83

Note 16

Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

86

Note 17

Restructuring Plan

87

63


Table of Contents

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except shares and per share data)

1. Organization of Business

Description of Business

NextGen Healthcare is a leading provider of software and services that empower ambulatory healthcare practices to manage the risk and complexity of delivering care in the rapidly evolving U.S. healthcare system. Our combination of technological breadth, depth and domain expertise makes us a preferred solution provider and trusted advisor for our clients. In addition to highly configurable core clinical and financial capabilities, our portfolio includes tightly integrated solutions that deliver on ambulatory healthcare imperatives including: population health, care management, patient outreach, telemedicine, and nationwide clinical information exchange.

We serve clients across all 50 states. Over 100,000 providers use NextGen Healthcare solutions to deliver care in nearly every medical specialty in a wide variety of practice models including accountable care organizations (“ACOs”), independent physician associations (“IPAs”), managed service organizations (“MSOs”), Veterans Service Organizations (“VSOs”), and Dental Service Organizations (“DSOs”). Our clients include some of the largest and most progressive multi-specialty groups in the country. With the addition of behavioral health to our medical and oral health capabilities, we continue to extend our share not only in Federally Qualified Health Centers (“FQHCs”), but also in the growing integrated care market.

NextGen Healthcare has historically enhanced our offering through both organic and inorganic activities. In October 2015, we divested our former Hospital Solutions division to focus exclusively on the ambulatory marketplace. In January 2016, we acquired HealthFusion Holdings, Inc. and its cloud-based electronic health record and practice management solution. In April 2017, we acquired Entrada, Inc. and its cloud-based, mobile platform for clinical documentation and collaboration. In August 2017, we acquired EagleDream Health, Inc. and its cloud-based population health analytics solution. In January 2018, we acquired Inforth Technologies for its specialty-focused clinical content. In October 2019, we acquired Topaz Information Systems, LLC for its behavioral health solutions. In December 2019, we acquired Medfusion, Inc. for its Patient Experience Platform (i.e., patient portal, self-scheduling, and patient pay) capabilities and OTTO Health, LLC for its integrated virtual care solutions, notably telemedicine. The integration of these acquired technologies has made NextGen Healthcare’s solutions among the most comprehensive in the market.

Our company was incorporated in California in 1974. Previously named Quality Systems, Inc., we changed our corporate name to NextGen Healthcare, Inc. in September 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 3525 Piedmont Rd., NE, Building 6, Suite 700, Atlanta, Georgia, and our principal website is www.nextgen.com. We operate on a fiscal year ending on March 31.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NextGen Healthcare, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Each of the terms “NextGen Healthcare,” “NextGen,” “we,” “us,” or “our” as used herein refers collectively to the Company, unless otherwise stated. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Business Segments. We operated as 1 segment for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. The measures evaluated by our chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, to assess company performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources include consolidated revenue and consolidated operating results.

Basis of Presentation. References to amounts in the consolidated financial statement sections are in thousands, except shares and per share data, unless otherwise specified.

Coronavirus Pandemic.  In late 2019, the emergence of a novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, was reported and in January 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”), declared it a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. In March 2020, the WHO escalated COVID-19 as a pandemic. The extent to which COVID-19 may continue to impact our business and financial results depends on numerous evolving factors including, but not limited to, the magnitude and duration of COVID-19; the impact on our employees; the extent to which it impacts worldwide macroeconomic conditions, including interest rates, employment rates, and health insurance coverage; the speed of the recovery; and governmental and business reactions to the pandemic. We assessed certain accounting matters that generally require consideration of forecasted financial information in context with the information reasonably available to the Company and the unknown future impacts of COVID-19 at March 31, 2021, and through the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting matters assessed included, but were not limited to, our allowances for doubtful accounts and the carrying value of goodwill and other long-lived assets. While there was not a material impact to our consolidated financial statements at and for the year-ended March 31, 2021, our future assessment of the magnitude and duration of COVID-19, as well as other factors could result in material impacts to our consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods.

64


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and recording revenue and expenses during the period.

Revenue Recognition. We adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) and all related amendments as of April 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method for all contracts not completed as of the date of adoption and recorded an adjustment to retained earnings as of April 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 606. Refer to Note 3, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for additional information regarding our revenue recognition policies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash and money market funds with original maturities of less than 90 days. At March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $73,295 and $138,012, respectively. We also had cash deposits held at United States banks and financial institutions at March 31, 2021 of which $86,317 was in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit of $250 per owner. Our cash deposits are exposed to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of nonperformance by the institutions; however, we do not anticipate nonperformance by these institutions.

Money market funds in which we hold a portion of our excess cash are invested in very high grade commercial and governmental instruments, and therefore bear low market risk.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents. Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of cash that is being held by the Company acting as an agent for the disbursement of certain state social and care services programs. We record an offsetting liability when we initially receive such cash from the programs. We relieve both restricted cash and cash equivalents and the related liability when amounts are disbursed. We earn an administrative fee based on a percentage of the funds disbursed on behalf of the government social and care service programs.

Reserves on Accounts Receivable. We maintain reserves for estimated potential sales returns and uncollectible accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are reported net of uncollectible accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our standard contracts generally do not contain provisions for clients to return products or services. However, we historically have accepted sales returns under limited circumstances. We estimate expected sales returns and other forms of variable consideration considering our customary business practice and contract-specific facts and circumstances, and we consider such estimated potential returns as variable consideration when allocating the transaction price to the extent it is probable that there will not be a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized.

We adopted ASU 2016-13,Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, on April 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective transition approach, which required the recognition of expected credit losses for our accounts receivable and our contract assets, consisting of unbilled receivables. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as the expected credit loss model was not significantly different from our prior policy and methodology for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and other uncollectible accounts receivable related to estimated losses resulting from our clients’ inability to make required payments are established based on our assessment of the collectability of client accounts, including review of our historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances, net of specifically reserved accounts and amounts billed prior to revenue recognition. Specific reserves are based on our estimate of the probability of collection for certain accounts. As part of our assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we considered a number of factors including, but not limited to, historical credit loss experience and adjustments for certain asset-specific risk characteristics, such as bankruptcy filings, internal assessments of client credit quality, age of the client receivable balances, review of major third-party credit-rating agencies, and evaluation of external factors such as economic conditions, including the potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, that may affect a client’s ability to pay, or other client-specific factors. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after we have expended extensive collection efforts. Refer to Note 4, “Accounts Receivable” for additional information.

Leases. We adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and its subsequent amendments (together “ASC 842”) using the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, which is the additional transition method described within ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, issued by the FASB in July 2018, which allowed us to apply the new lease standard as of April 1, 2019, rather than the beginning of the earliest period presented. Our leasing arrangements are reflected on the balance sheet as right-of-use assets and liabilities pertaining to the rights and obligations created by the leased assets. We determine whether an arrangement is a lease at inception and classify it as finance or operating. All of our existing material leases are classified as operating leases. Our leases do not contain any residual value guarantees.

65


Table of Contents

Right-of-use lease assets and corresponding lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. Since the interest rate implicit in our lease arrangements is not readily determinable, we determine an incremental borrowing rate for each lease based on the approximate interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar remaining terms and payments as of the lease commencement date to determine the present value of future lease payments. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease. Currently, it is not reasonably certain that we will exercise those options and therefore, we utilize the initial, noncancelable, lease term to calculate the lease assets and corresponding liabilities for all our leases. We have certain insignificant short-term leases with an initial term of twelve months or less that are not recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. Operating right-of-use lease assets are classified as operating lease assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our lease agreements generally contain lease and non-lease components. Non-lease components primarily include payments for maintenance and utilities. We have applied the practical expedient to combine fixed payments for non-lease components with our lease payments for all of our leases and account for them together as a single lease component, which increases the amount of our lease assets and corresponding liabilities. Payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed, however, certain lease agreements contain variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the operating lease assets and liabilities.

Operating lease costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included as a selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Refer to Note 6, "Leases" for additional information.

Equipment and Improvements. Equipment and improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Repair and maintenance costs that do not improve service potential or extend economic life are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements are recorded over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line method. Useful lives generally have the following ranges:

Computer equipment and software - 3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures - 3 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements - lesser of lease term or estimated useful life of asset

Depreciation expense related to our equipment and improvements was $7,997, $8,172, and $10,298 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Capitalized Software Costs. Software development costs, consisting primarily of employee salaries and benefits and certain third party costs, incurred in the development of new software solutions and enhancements to existing software solutions for external sale are expensed as incurred, and reported as net research and development costs in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income, until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any additional software development costs are capitalized. Amortization of capitalized software is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is typically three years. The total of capitalized software costs incurred in the development of products for external sale are reported as capitalized software costs within our consolidated balance sheets.

We also incur costs related to the development of software applications for our internal-use and for the development of software-as-a-service ("SaaS") based solutions sold to our clients. The development costs of our SaaS-based solutions are considered internal-use for accounting purposes. Our internal-use capitalized development costs are stated at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is typically three years. Application development stage costs generally include costs associated with internal-use software configuration, coding, installation and testing. Costs related to the preliminary project stage and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Costs of significant upgrades and enhancements that result in additional functionality are also capitalized, whereas costs incurred for maintenance and minor upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs for the development of SaaS-based solutions are reported as capitalized software costs within our consolidated balance sheets and capitalized software costs for the development of our internal-use software applications are reported as equipment and improvements within our consolidated balance sheets.

We periodically reassess the estimated economic life and the recoverability of our capitalized software costs. If we determine that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the expected net cash flows to be generated from sales of the applicable software solutions, the amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the net realizable value is written off as a charge to earnings. The net realizable value is estimated as the expected future gross revenues from that product reduced by the estimated future costs of completing and disposing of that product, including the costs of performing maintenance and client support required to satisfy our responsibility at the time of sale. In addition to the assessment of net realizable value, we review and adjust the remaining estimated lives of our capitalized software costs, if necessary. We also perform a periodic review of our software solutions and dispose of fully amortized capitalized software costs after such products are determined to no longer be used by our clients.

66


Table of Contents

Business Combinations. In accordance with the accounting for business combinations, we allocate the purchase price of the acquired business to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair values of acquired assets and liabilities assumed represent our best estimate of fair value. The estimated fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed were determined using multiple valuation approaches depending on the type and nature of tangible or intangible asset acquired or liabilities assumed, including but not limited to the income approach, the excess earnings method and the relief from royalty method approach. The purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties as it requires us to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, including, but not limited to, intangible assets, goodwill, deferred revenue, and contingent consideration liabilities. We estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities, as needed, based on our projection of expected results and the estimated probability of achievement. The process to develop the estimate of fair values in many cases requires the use of significant estimates, assumptions and judgments, including determining the timing and estimates of future cash flows and developing appropriate discount rates. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies. We expect to finalize the purchase price allocation as soon as practicable within the measurement period, but not later than one year following the acquisition date. Any adjustments to fair value subsequent to the measurement period are reflected in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Goodwill. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured as the excess of the purchase price, or consideration transferred, over the net acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized as it has been determined to have an indefinite useful life.

We test goodwill for impairment annually during our first fiscal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. We will also test for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at a reporting-unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). We operate as 1 segment and have a single reporting unit. The measures evaluated by our chief operating decision maker ("CODM"), consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, to assess company performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources include consolidated revenue and consolidated operating results.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We assess events or changes in circumstances in totality, including macroeconomic and industry conditions, market and competitive environment, changes in customers or customer mix, cost factors, loss of key personnel, significant changes in legislative environment or other legal factors, changes in the use of our acquired assets, changes in our strategic direction, significant changes in projected future results of operations, changes in the composition or carrying amount of our net assets, and changes in our stock price. Based on our assessment, if we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. Otherwise, if we determine that a quantitative impairment test should be performed, we then evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then an impairment charge is recorded for the difference between the reporting unit’s fair value and carrying amount, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill.

Intangible Assets. Intangible assets consist of trade names, customer relationships, and software technology, all of which are associated with our acquisitions.

The intangible assets are recorded at fair value and are reported net of accumulated amortization. We currently amortize the intangible assets over periods ranging from 5 to 10 years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed. We assess the recoverability of intangible assets at least annually or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. If the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets are less than the carrying value of such assets, impairment is deemed to have occurred and a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the intangible assets to fair value, which is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows. In addition to the impairment assessment, we routinely review the remaining estimated lives of our intangible assets and record adjustments, if deemed necessary.

Long-Lived Assets. We assess our long-lived assets for potential impairment periodically or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. If necessary, recoverability of the assets is evaluated based on the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets compared to the carrying value of such assets. If impairment is deemed to have occurred, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value, which is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows. In addition to the impairment assessment, we routinely review the remaining estimated lives of our long-lived assets and record adjustments, if deemed necessary.

67


Table of Contents

Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided based on current taxable income and the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income and tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. At each reporting period, we assess the realizable value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things, estimates of future taxable income and adjust the related valuation allowance as necessary. We make a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate amount of expense to record for income taxes. The assumptions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in which we operate as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established for estimates of tax effects for certain transactions and future projected profitability based on our interpretation of existing facts and circumstances.

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We do not have any direct-response advertising. Advertising costs, which include trade shows and conventions, were approximately $3,902, $6,044, and $8,226 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

Earnings per Share. We provide a dual presentation of “basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (“EPS”). Shares below are in thousands.

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Earnings per share — Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

 

$

24,494

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding — Basic

 

 

66,739

 

 

 

65,474

 

 

 

64,417

 

Net income per common share — Basic

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.38

 

Earnings per share — Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,515

 

 

$

7,498

 

 

$

24,494

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

66,739

 

 

 

65,474

 

 

 

64,417

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities

 

 

146

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

183

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding — Diluted

 

 

66,885

 

 

 

65,612

 

 

 

64,600

 

Net income per common share — Diluted

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.38

 

The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 1,949, 1,807 and 1,963 options for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, because their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on net income per share.

Share-Based Compensation. The following table shows total share-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

$

1,991

 

 

$

2,051

 

 

$

1,252

 

Research and development costs

 

4,036

 

 

 

3,875

 

 

 

2,919

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

16,683

 

 

 

13,768

 

 

 

11,931

 

Total share-based compensation

 

22,710

 

 

 

19,694

 

 

 

16,102

 

Income tax benefit

 

(5,415

)

 

 

(4,726

)

 

 

(3,859

)

Decrease in net income

$

17,295

 

 

$

14,968

 

 

$

12,243

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. Recently adopted accounting pronouncements are discussed below or in the notes, where applicable.

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other–Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 on April 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

68


Table of Contents

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework–Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 modifies certain disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2018-13 on April 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 removes the requirement to compare the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount as part of Step two of the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. ASU 2017-04 is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted on goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2017-04 on April 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 provides new guidance regarding the measurement and recognition of credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective transition approach on April 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 4, “Accounts Receivable” for additional details.

Recent Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted. Recent accounting pronouncements requiring implementation in current or future periods are discussed below or in the notes, where applicable.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”). ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 apply only to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope (“ASU 2021-01”), which clarifies the application of certain optional expedients and exceptions.  Topic 848 may be applied prospectively through December 31, 2022. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2020-04 may have on our contracts that reference LIBOR, such as our amended and restated revolving credit agreement (see Note 11). We have not elected to apply any of the provisions of Topic 848, and we are currently in the process of evaluating the potential impact of adoption of this updated authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. ASU 2019-12 is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. We are currently in the process of evaluating the potential impact of adoption of this updated authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements, but we do not expect the adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

We do not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective accounting standards, if adopted, would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Revenue Recognition and Performance Obligations

We generate revenue from sales of licensing rights and subscriptions to our software solutions, hardware and third-party software products, support and maintenance, managed services, EDI, and other non-recurring services, including implementation, training, and consulting services. Our contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations that consist of various combinations of our software solutions and related services, which are generally capable of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations.

The total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation within a contract based on estimated standalone selling prices. We generally determine standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers, except for certain software licenses that are based on the residual approach because their standalone selling prices are highly variable and certain maintenance customers that are based on substantive renewal rates. In instances where standalone selling price is not sufficiently observable, such as RCM services and software licenses included in our RCM arrangements, we estimate standalone selling price utilizing an expected cost plus a margin approach. When standalone selling prices are not observable, significant judgment is required in estimating the standalone selling price for each performance obligation.

69


Table of Contents

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

We exclude sales tax from the measurement of the transaction price and record revenue net of taxes collected from customers and subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

The following table presents our revenues disaggregated by our major revenue categories and by occurrence:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Recurring revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription services

 

$

148,403

 

 

$

127,602

 

 

$

117,502

 

Support and maintenance

 

 

152,956

 

 

 

158,619

 

 

 

160,798

 

Managed services

 

 

103,138

 

 

 

104,549

 

 

 

98,203

 

Electronic data interchange and data services

 

 

98,322

 

 

 

98,543

 

 

 

97,418

 

Total recurring revenues

 

 

502,819

 

 

 

489,313

 

 

 

473,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware, and other non-recurring revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software license and hardware

 

 

28,825

 

 

 

27,270

 

 

 

35,122

 

Other non-recurring services

 

 

25,177

 

 

 

23,656

 

 

 

20,130

 

Total software, hardware and other non-recurring revenues

 

 

54,002

 

 

 

50,926

 

 

 

55,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

556,821

 

 

$

540,239

 

 

$

529,173

 

Recurring revenues consists of subscription services, support and maintenance, managed services, and EDI and data services. Software, hardware, and other non-recurring revenues consists of revenue from sales of software license and hardware and certain non-recurring services, such as implementation, training, and consulting performed for clients who use our products.

We generally recognize revenue for our most significant performance obligations as follows:

Subscription services. Performance obligations involving subscription services, which include annual libraries, are satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services throughout the contract period. Our subscription services primarily include our software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based offerings, such as our electronic health records and practice management, mobile, patient portal, and population health management solutions. Our SaaS-based offerings may include multiple goods and services, such as providing access to our technology-based solutions together with our managed cloud hosting services. These offerings are concurrently delivered with the same pattern of transfer to our customers and are accounted for as a single performance obligation because the technology-based solutions and other goods and services included within our overall SaaS-based offerings are each individually not capable of being distinct as the customer receives benefits based on the combined offering. Our annual libraries primarily consist of providing stand-ready access to certain content, knowledgebase, databases, and SaaS-based educational tools, which are frequently updated to meet the most current standards and requirements, to be utilized in conjunction with our core solutions. We recognize revenue related to these subscription services, including annual libraries, ratably over the respective noncancelable contract term.

Support and maintenance. Performance obligations involving support and maintenance are satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the maintenance services provided. Our support and maintenance services may consist of separate performance obligations, such as unspecified upgrades or enhancements and technical support, which are considered stand-ready in nature and can be offered at various points during the service period. Since the efforts associated with the combined support and maintenance services are rendered concurrently and provided evenly throughout the service period, we consider the series of support and maintenance services to be a single performance obligation. Therefore, we recognize revenue related to these services ratably over the respective noncancelable contract term.

Managed services. Managed services consist primarily of RCM and related services, but also includes our hosting services, which we refer to as managed cloud services, transcription services, patient pay services, and certain other recurring services. Performance obligations associated with RCM services are satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services executed throughout the contract period. The majority of service fees under our RCM arrangements are variable consideration contingent upon collections by our clients. We estimate the variable consideration which we expect to be entitled to over the noncancelable contract term associated with our RCM service arrangements. The estimate of variable consideration included in the transaction price typically involves estimating the amounts we will ultimately collect on behalf of our clients and the relative fee we charge that is generally calculated as a percentage of those collections. Inputs to these estimates include, but are not limited to, historical service fees and collections amounts, timing of historical collections relative to the timing of when claims are submitted by our clients to their respective payers, macroeconomic trends, and anticipated changes in the number of providers. Significant judgement is required when estimating the total transaction price based on the variable consideration. We may apply certain constraints when appropriate whereby we include in the transaction price estimated variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is

70


Table of Contents

subsequently resolved. Such estimates are assessed at the contract level. RCM and related services may not be rendered evenly over the contract period as the timing of services are based on customer collections, which may vary throughout the service period. We recognize revenue for RCM based on the amount of collections received throughout the contract term as it most closely depicts our efforts to transfer our service obligations to the customer. Our managed cloud services represent a single performance obligation to provide cloud hosting services to our customers and related revenue is recognized ratably over the respective noncancelable contract term. Performance obligations related to the transcription services, patient pay services, and other recurring services are satisfied as the corresponding services are provided and revenue is recognized as such services are rendered.

Electronic data interchange and data services. Performance obligations related to EDI and other transaction processing services are satisfied at the point in time the services are rendered. The transfer of control occurs when the transaction processing services are delivered and the customer receives the benefits from the services provided.

Software license and hardware. Software license and hardware are considered point-in-time performance obligations as control is transferred to customers upon the delivery of the software license and hardware. Our software licenses are considered functional licenses, and revenue recognition generally occurs on the date of contract execution as the customer is provided with immediate access to the license. We generally determine the amount of consideration allocated to the software license performance obligation using the residual approach, except for certain RCM arrangements where the amount allocated to the software license performance obligation is determined based on estimated relative standalone selling prices. For hardware, we recognize revenue upon transfer of such hardware or devices to the customer.

Other non-recurring services. Performance obligations related to other non-recurring services, including implementation, training, and consulting services, are generally satisfied as the corresponding services are provided. Once the services have been provided to the customer, the transfer of control has occurred. Therefore, we recognize revenue as such services are rendered.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

As of March 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of transaction price related to remaining unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied performance obligations over the respective noncancelable contract term was approximately $548,800 of which we expect to recognize approximately 9% as services are rendered or goods are delivered, 53% over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter.

As of March 31, 2020, the aggregate amount of transaction price related to remaining unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied performance obligations over the respective noncancelable contract term was approximately $483,200, of which we expect to recognize approximately 9% as services are rendered or goods are delivered, 50% over the next 12 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Contract Balances

Contract balances result from the timing differences between our revenue recognition, invoicing, and cash collections. Such contract balances include accounts receivables, contract assets and liabilities, and other customer deposits and liabilities balances. Accounts receivables include invoiced amounts where the right to receive payment is unconditional and only subject to the passage of time. Contract assets, consisting of unbilled receivables, include amounts where revenue recognized exceeds the amount invoiced to the customer and the right to payment is not solely subject to the passage of time. Contract assets are generally associated with our sales of software licenses, but may also be associated with other performance obligations such as subscription services, support and maintenance, annual libraries, and professional services, where control has been transferred to our customers but the associated payments are based on future customer collections (in the case of our RCM service arrangements) or based on future milestone payment due dates. In such instances, the revenue recognized may exceed the amount invoiced to the customer and such balances are included in contract assets since our right to receive payment is not unconditional, but rather is conditional upon customer collections or the continued functionality of the software and our ongoing support and maintenance obligations. Contract liabilities consist mainly of fees invoiced or paid by our clients for which the associated services have not been performed and revenues have not been recognized. Contract assets and contract liabilities are reported in a net position on an individual contract basis at the end of each reporting period. Contract assets are classified as current or long-term on our consolidated balance sheets based on the timing of when we expect to complete the related performance obligations and invoice the customer. Contract liabilities are classified as current on our consolidated balance sheets since the revenue recognition associated with the related customer payments and invoicing is expected to occur within the next twelve months. During the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, we recognized $74,097 and $70,779, respectively, of revenues that were included in the contract liability balance or invoiced to customers since the beginning of the corresponding periods.

Our contracts with customers do not include any major financing components.

71


Table of Contents

Costs to Obtain or Fulfill a Contract

We capitalize all incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer to the extent that such costs are directly related to a contract and expected to be recoverable. Our sales commissions and related sales incentives are considered incremental costs requiring capitalization. Capitalized contract costs are amortized to expense utilizing a method that is consistent with the transfer of the related goods or services to the customer. The amortization period ranges from less than one year up to five years, based on the period over which the related goods and services are transferred, including consideration of the expected customer renewals and the related useful lives of the products.

Capitalized commissions costs were $28,503 as of March 31, 2021, of which $9,399 is classified as current and included as prepaid expenses and other current assets and $19,104 is classified as long-term and included within other assets on our consolidated balance sheets, based on the expected timing of expense recognition. Capitalized commissions costs were $24,590 as of March 31, 2020, of which $7,053 was classified as current and $17,537 was classified as long-term.

During the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we recognized $11,236, $8,006, and $6,292, respectively, of commissions expense. Commissions expense primarily relate to the amortization of capitalized commissions costs, which is included as a selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

4. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable includes invoiced amounts where the right to receive payment is unconditional and only subject to the passage of time. Allowance for doubtful accounts are reported as a component of accounts receivable as summarized below:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Accounts receivable, gross

 

$

81,746

 

 

$

83,555

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(4,205

)

 

 

(3,549

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

77,541

 

 

$

80,006

 

The following table represents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts, as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020:

Balance as of March 31, 2019

 

$

(6,054

)

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

 

(3,367

)

Deductions

 

 

5,872

 

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

 

(3,549

)

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

 

(2,834

)

Deductions

 

 

2,178

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021

 

$

(4,205

)

72


Table of Contents

5. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020:

 

 

Balance At

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

 

 

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

 

 

Unobservable

Inputs

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

 

$

73,295

 

 

$

73,295

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,280

 

 

 

5,280

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

$

78,575

 

 

$

78,575

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisitions

 

$

533

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

Balance At

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical Assets

 

 

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

 

 

Unobservable

Inputs

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

 

$

138,012

 

 

$

138,012

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

2,307

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

$

140,319

 

 

$

140,319

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisitions

 

$

1,900

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

1,900

 

 

 

$

1,900

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

1,900

 

(1)

Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds.

The following table presents activity in our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), as of and for the year ended March 31, 2021:  

Balance at March 31, 2019

 

$

1,000

 

Acquisition

 

 

1,850

 

Fair value adjustments

 

 

(950

)

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

 

1,900

 

Fair value adjustments

 

 

(1,367

)

Transfer of Topaz contingent consideration to Level 2

 

 

(533

)

Balance at March 31, 2021

 

$

 

As of March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, the contingent consideration liability balances were $533 and $1,900, respectively, which were related to the acquisition of Topaz Information Systems, LLC.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we recorded a net benefit of $950 from fair value adjustments, of which a $1,000 benefit was related to the contingent consideration liability from the acquisition of Inforth Technologies and was based on actual earnout achievement through the end of the measurement period, resulting in0 expected earnout payments, and $50 was related to the accretion of the present value discount of the contingent consideration liability from the acquisition of Topaz Information Systems, LLC.

During the year ended March 31, 2021, we recorded a net benefit of $1,367 from fair value adjustments, which was related to the contingent consideration liability from the acquisition of Topaz Information Systems, LLC. As of March 31, 2021, the fair value of the contingent consideration liability was $533, calculated based on actual earnout achievement through the end of the performance period and is reflected under a Level 2 valuation hierarchy because the fair value was determined based on other significant observable inputs. Refer to Note 7 for additional details.

73


Table of Contents

The categorization of the framework used to measure fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities were considered to be within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used. We had assessed the fair value of the contingent consideration liability on a recurring basis and any adjustments to fair value subsequent to the measurement period were reflected in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income. Key assumptions included probability-adjusted achievement estimates of applicable bookings targets that were not observable in the market. The fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

We believe that the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, and line of credit, approximate their respective carrying values due to their nominal credit risk.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

We have certain assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, which are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only if an impairment charge is recognized. The categorization of the framework used to measure fair value of the assets is considered to be within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used.

6. Leases

We have operating lease agreements for our offices in the United States and India with lease periods expiring between 2021 and 2026.

Total operating lease costs were $9,190, $10,309, and $8,174 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Components of operating lease costs are summarized as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating lease costs

 

$

8,235

 

 

$

9,558

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

25

 

 

 

102

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

1,444

 

 

 

827

 

Less: Sublease income

 

 

(514

)

 

 

(178

)

Total operating lease costs

 

$

9,190

 

 

$

10,309

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases is summarized as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

 

$

18,651

 

 

$

11,527

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 

3,107

 

 

 

8,494

 

As of March 31, 2021, our operating leases had a weighted average remaining lease term of 3.1 years and a weighted average discount rate of 3.5%. Future minimum aggregate lease payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2021 are summarized as follows:

For the year ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

13,725

 

2023

 

 

8,220

 

2024

 

 

6,272

 

2025

 

 

3,790

 

2026

 

 

1,257

 

Total future lease payments

 

 

33,264

 

Less interest

 

 

(2,076

)

Total lease liabilities

 

$

31,188

 

74


Table of Contents

During the year ended March 31, 2021, as part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing cost reduction efforts, we vacated our Cary office, portions of our Irvine and Horsham offices, and the remainder of our San Diego office. We recorded impairments of $5,539 to our operating right-of-use assets and certain related fixed assets associated with the vacated locations based on projected sublease rental income and estimated sublease commencement dates and the remeasurement of our operating lease liabilities associated with the modification of certain lease expiration dates. The impairment analyses were performed by operating right-of-use asset and the impairment charges were estimated by comparing the fair value of each operating right-of-use asset based on the expected cash flows to its respective book value. We determined the discount rate for each lease based on the approximate interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar remaining terms and payments as of the impairment date. Significant judgment was required to estimate the fair value of each operating right-of-use asset and actual results could vary from the estimates, resulting in potential future adjustments to amounts previously recorded.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we recorded impairments of $9,373 to our operating right-of-use assets and certain related fixed assets associated with the vacated locations, or portions thereof, in North Canton, San Diego, Horsham, St. Louis, Irvine, Atlanta, Brentwood, and Phoenix based on projected sublease rental income and estimated sublease commencement dates.

7. Business Combinations

On October 4, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Topaz Information Systems, LLC ("Topaz") pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated October 4, 2019. Topaz was based in Phoenix, AZ and provides healthcare solutions to behavioral health and social services organizations that utilize the NextGen platform. Its extensive clinical content and domain expertise have been instrumental in our ability to compete and win. By combining our companies, we are positioned to provide the platform and domain expertise to deliver integrated and collaborative care in a re-energized behavioral health market. The final purchase price of Topaz is summarized in the table below. The acquisition of Topaz was funded by cash flows from operations.

On December 6, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Medfusion, Inc. (“Medfusion”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 12, 2019. Headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, Medfusion provides software application services which enable healthcare providers to better serve its patients through enhanced communication. Services are delivered through a standard web browser and typically include features such as appointment scheduling, patient preregistration, prescription renewal, ask a clinician, website development, patient payment, and online bill payment. Medfusion is a portal and patient pay player with a focus on ambulatory services. The final purchase price of Medfusion is summarized in the table below. The acquisition of Medfusion was funded by a combination of borrowings against our revolving credit agreement (see Note 11) and cash flows from operations.

On December 17, 2019, we completed the acquisition of OTTO Health, LLC (“OTTO”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 11, 2019. Based in Boulder, Colorado, OTTO is a telehealth platform that seamlessly integrates into EHR systems allowing providers to have video visits with their patients as part of their normal workflows. OTTO partners closely with EHR providers to create a streamlined user experience, while maintaining the EHR/PM system as the single source of truth. The final purchase price of OTTO is summarized in the table below. The acquisition of OTTO was funded by a combination of borrowings against our revolving credit agreement (see Note 11) and cash flows from operations.

We accounted for the acquisitions as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price allocation of the Topaz, Medfusion, and OTTO acquisitions are deemed to be final. The purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. During the year ended March 31, 2021, we recorded a $47 measurement period adjustment to Medfusion goodwill primarily related to certain working capital adjustments in the purchase price. The purchase price allocation of the Topaz, Medfusion, and OTTO acquisitions are considered final. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill primarily represents, among other factors, the value of synergies expected to be realized and the assemblage of all assets that enable us to create new client relationships, neither of which qualify as separate amortizable intangible assets. Goodwill arising from the acquisitions of OTTO and Topaz are considered deductible for tax purposes, and goodwill arising from the acquisition of Medfusion is not deductible for tax purposes.

75


Table of Contents

The final purchase price for the acquisitions of Topaz, Medfusion, and OTTO are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Topaz

 

 

Medfusion

 

 

OTTO

 

 

Purchase Price

 

 

Purchase Price

 

 

Purchase Price

 

Initial purchase price

$

8,000

 

 

$

43,000

 

 

$

22,000

 

Settlement of pre-existing net liabilities

 

1,671

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

19

 

Fair value of contingent consideration

 

1,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital adjustment

 

(344

)

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(59

)

Total purchase price

$

11,177

 

 

$

42,876

 

 

$

21,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired cash and cash equivalents

$

353

 

 

$

204

 

 

$

102

 

Accounts receivable

 

1,528

 

 

 

986

 

 

 

51

 

Prepaid expense and other assets

 

139

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

79

 

Equipment and improvements

 

194

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

 

Operating lease assets

 

534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

(224

)

 

 

(1,360

)

 

 

(2

)

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

(155

)

 

 

(270

)

 

 

(123

)

Contract liabilities

 

(370

)

 

 

(529

)

 

 

(11

)

Deferred income tax liability

 

 

 

 

(953

)

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

(240

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

 

(360

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

(102

)

 

 

(443

)

 

 

(26

)

Total net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

1,297

 

 

 

(1,544

)

 

 

70

 

Fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

5,380

 

 

 

23,570

 

 

 

19,490

 

Software technology

 

4,500

 

 

 

13,800

 

 

 

2,400

 

Customer relationships

 

 

 

 

6,800

 

 

 

 

Trade names

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets acquired

 

9,880

 

 

 

44,420

 

 

 

21,890

 

Total purchase price

$

11,177

 

 

$

42,876

 

 

$

21,960

 

Under the provisions of the Topaz acquisition, we may pay up to an additional $2,000 of cash contingent consideration in the form of an earnout, subject to Topaz achieving certain operational targets through April 2021. The initial fair value of contingent consideration of $1,850 reflects an estimated earnout payment of $2,000 on a present value basis and was estimated based on the weighted probability of achieving the operational targets utilizing assumptions and inputs from Topaz management.As of March 31, 2021, the fair value of the contingent consideration liability was $533, calculated based on actual earnout achievement through the end of the performance period. Additionally, the purchase price of Topaz included $1,671 for the settlement of pre-existing liabilities related to pre-acquisition amounts due for products and services previously purchased from us and recognized by Topaz as accounts payable. As a result of the acquisition, these accounts payable balances were effectively settled and accounted for as additional purchase consideration.

The software technology intangible assets acquired from Topaz will be amortized over 6 years.

In connection with the Medfusion acquisition, the acquired software technology intangible assets will be amortized over 6 years, acquired customer relationships intangible assets will be amortized over 10 years, and acquired trade names intangible assets will be amortized over 5 years. The weighted average amortization period for the acquired Medfusion intangible assets is 7.3 years.

The software technology intangible assets acquired from OTTO will be amortized over 7 years.

The revenues, earnings, and pro forma effects of the Topaz, Medfusion, and OTTO acquisitions are not, and would not have been, material to our results of operations, individually and in aggregate, and the disclosure of such information is impracticable as we have already integrated certain aspects of each acquisition within our overall operations and expect for each acquisition to be fully integrated within a short timeframe.

76


Table of Contents

8.Goodwill

During the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative step of the goodwill impairment assessment and proceed directly with the quantitative step, whereby we compared the fair value of our single reporting unit with its carrying amount. The results of the goodwill impairment assessment indicated that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its net carrying amount by a significant amount, indicating that 0 goodwill impairment existed as of the annual test dates ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020. We also did not identify any events or circumstances that would require an interim goodwill impairment test.

We determined the fair value of our reporting unit utilizing the average of two valuation methods, consisting of the income approach (based upon estimates of future discounted cash flows for the reporting unit) and a market comparable approach (based upon valuation multiples of companies that operate in similar industries with similar operating characteristics). The cash flows used to determine fair value under the income approach required significant judgments and represent Management's best estimates of projected operating results, terminal and long-term growth rates of our business, useful life over which cash flows will occur, and our weighted average cost of capital, that are dependent on a number of significant assumptions based on historical experience, expectations of future performance, and the expected macroeconomic environment, which are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results. We also considered our stock price and market capitalization as a corroborative step in assessing the reasonableness of the fair values estimated for the reporting unit as part of the goodwill impairment assessment.

The carrying amount of goodwill as of March 31, 2021 was $267,212. The carrying amount of goodwill as of March 31, 2020 was $267,165.

9.Intangible Assets

Our definite-lived intangible assets, other than capitalized software development costs, are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Trade Names

 

 

Software

Technology

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

39,200

 

 

$

250

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

$

130,950

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(26,349

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(67,834

)

 

 

(94,250

)

Net intangible assets

 

$

12,851

 

 

$

183

 

 

$

23,666

 

 

$

36,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Trade Names

 

 

Software

Technology

 

 

Total

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

39,200

 

 

$

250

 

 

$

113,700

 

 

$

153,150

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(21,951

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(73,373

)

 

 

(95,341

)

Net intangible assets

 

$

17,249

 

 

$

233

 

 

$

40,327

 

 

$

57,809

 

Amortization expense related to customer relationships and trade names recorded as operating expenses in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income was $4,449, $4,143, and $4,344 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense related to software technology recorded as cost of revenue was $16,660, $18,393, and $17,152 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

The following table summarizes the remaining estimated amortization of definite-lived intangible assets as of March 31, 2021:

 

 

Estimated Remaining Amortization Expense

 

 

 

Operating

Expense

 

 

Cost of

Revenue

 

 

Total

 

For the year ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

3,525

 

 

$

8,873

 

 

$

12,398

 

2023

 

 

2,820

 

 

 

5,154

 

 

 

7,974

 

2024

 

 

2,279

 

 

 

3,573

 

 

 

5,852

 

2025

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

3,573

 

 

 

5,419

 

2026

 

 

1,377

 

 

 

2,251

 

 

 

3,628

 

2027 and beyond

 

 

1,187

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

1,429

 

Total

 

$

13,034

 

 

$

23,666

 

 

$

36,700

 

77


Table of Contents

10. Capitalized Software Costs

Our capitalized software costs are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

96,908

 

 

$

75,212

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(55,434

)

 

 

(38,208

)

Net capitalized software costs

 

$

41,474

 

 

$

37,004

 

During the year ended March 31, 2020, we recorded $3,198 of impairments related to the write down of previously capitalized software development costs for certain technology that will no longer be utilized in any future software solutions. During the year ended March 31, 2019, weretired $13,453of fully amortized capitalized software costs that are no longer being utilized by our client base. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs was $20,108, $17,085, and $11,338 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, and is recorded as cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income.

The following table presents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software costs as of March 31, 2021. The estimated amortization is comprised of (i) amortization of released products and (ii) the expected amortization for products that are not yet available for sale based on their estimated economic lives and projected general release dates.

For the year ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

24,200

 

2023

 

 

11,800

 

2024

 

 

5,400

 

2025

 

 

74

 

Total

 

$

41,474

 

11. Line of Credit

On March 12, 2021, we entered into a $300 million second amended and restated revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), U.S. Bank National Association and Bank of the West, as co-syndication agents, and certain other agents and lenders. The Credit Agreement replaces our prior $300 million amended and restated revolving credit agreement, originally entered into on January 4, 2016 and amended on March 29, 2018 (“Original Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of our existing and future property and our material domestic subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement provides a subfacility of up to $10 million for letters of credit and a subfacility of up to $10 million for swing-line loans. The Credit Agreement also provides us with the ability to obtain up to $150 million in the aggregate of additional revolving credit commitments and/or term loans thereunder (i.e., in excess of $300 million) upon satisfaction of certain conditions, including receipt of commitments from new or existing lenders to provide such additional revolving credit commitments and/or term loans.

The Credit Agreement matures on March 12, 2026 and the full balance of the revolving loans and all other obligations under the Credit Agreement must be paid at that time. In addition, we are required to prepay the revolving loan balance if at any time the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement exceeds the aggregate commitments thereunder.

The revolving loans under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either, at our option, (a) for base rate loans, a base rate based on the highest of (i) 1%, (ii) the “prime rate” quoted in the Wall Street Journal for the United States of America, (iii) the overnight bank funding rate (not to be less than zero) as determined by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York plus 0.50% or (iv) the LIBOR-based rate for one month Eurodollar deposits plus 1%, and (b) for Eurodollar loans, the LIBOR-based rate for one, two, three or six months (as selected by us) Eurodollar deposits plus, in each case, an applicable margin based on our net leverage ratio from time to time, ranging from 0.50% to 1.75% for base rate loans, and from 1.50% to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans.The Credit Agreement contains provisions to accommodate the replacement of the existing LIBOR-based rate with a successor Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) based rate upon a triggering event. We will also pay a commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.45%, payable quarterly in arrears, on the average daily unused amount of the revolving facility based on our net leverage ratio from time to time.

The revolving loans are subject to customary representations, warranties and ongoing affirmative and negative covenants and agreements. The negative covenants include, among other things, limitations on indebtedness, liens, asset sales, mergers and acquisitions, investments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other restricted payments, payment of subordinated indebtedness and convertible debt and amendments to subordinated indebtedness documents and sale and leaseback transactions of ours or any of our subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement also requires us to maintain (1) a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00 and (2) a minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter through the term of the loan. The revolving loans under the Credit Agreement will be available for letters of credit, permitted acquisitions, working capital and general corporate purposes. We were in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants under the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2021.

78


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2021, we had 0 outstanding loans and $300,000 of unused credit under the Credit Agreement. As of March 31, 2020, we had $129,000 in outstanding loans and $171,000  of unused credit under the Original Credit Agreement. The interest rate as of March 31, 2020 and was approximately 2.3%.

During the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we recorded $2,541, $1,274, and $2,055 of interest expense (excluding amortization of deferred debt issuance costs), respectively, and the weighted average interest rates were approximately 2.2%, 2.4%, and 3.7% respectively.

Costs incurred in connection with securing the Credit Agreement, including fees paid to legal advisors and third parties, are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the term of the Credit Agreement. Deferred debt issuance costs are reported as a component of other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of March 31, 2021, total unamortized debt issuance costs were $2,521, which includes $1,423 of additional costs related to the Credit Agreement, and net of $326 unamortized debt issuance costs that were written off in connection with amending the Original Credit Agreement.  As of March 31, 2020, total unamortized debt issuance costs were $2,124. During the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we recorded $1,026, $710, and $710, respectively, in amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, including amounts written off in the year ended March 31, 2021.

12. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

73,295

 

 

$

138,012

 

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,280

 

 

 

2,307

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

78,575

 

 

$

140,319

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$

20,679

 

 

$

18,025

 

Capitalized commissions costs

 

 

9,399

 

 

 

7,053

 

Other current assets

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

1,227

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

31,282

 

 

$

26,305

 

Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Computer equipment and software

 

$

35,244

 

 

$

34,756

 

Internal-use software

 

 

18,174

 

 

 

17,796

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

11,555

 

 

 

12,477

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

14,418

 

 

 

13,681

 

Equipment and improvements, gross

 

 

79,391

 

 

 

78,710

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(64,852

)

 

 

(58,874

)

Equipment and improvements, net

 

$

14,539

 

 

$

19,836

 

Other assets are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Capitalized commission costs

 

$

19,104

 

 

$

17,537

 

Deposits

 

 

5,505

 

 

 

6,074

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

2,521

 

 

 

2,124

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

9,891

 

 

 

7,921

 

Other assets

 

$

37,021

 

 

$

33,656

 

79


Table of Contents

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Accrued bonus

 

$

29,382

 

 

$

10,396

 

Accrued vacation

 

 

12,038

 

 

 

10,469

 

Accrued commissions

 

 

4,628

 

 

 

2,087

 

Deferred payroll taxes

 

 

3,817

 

 

 

 

Accrued payroll and other

 

 

509

 

 

 

840

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

$

50,374

 

 

$

23,792

 

Other current and noncurrent liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Sales returns reserves and other customer liabilities

 

$

9,449

 

 

$

6,395

 

Accrued legal expense

 

 

6,302

 

 

 

2,119

 

Accrued hosting costs

 

 

6,158

 

 

 

4,652

 

Care services liabilities

 

 

5,280

 

 

 

2,307

 

Accrued employee benefits and withholdings

 

 

4,649

 

 

 

3,002

 

Customer credit balances and deposits

 

 

4,638

 

 

 

4,260

 

Accrued royalties

 

 

3,125

 

 

 

3,113

 

Accrued consulting and outside services

 

 

3,002

 

 

 

2,520

 

Accrued outsourcing costs

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

2,378

 

Accrued EDI expense

 

 

2,020

 

 

 

3,511

 

Accrued self insurance expense

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

2,054

 

Accrued taxes payable

 

 

586

 

 

 

1,222

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisitions

 

 

533

 

 

 

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

2,954

 

 

 

3,819

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

52,699

 

 

$

41,352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred payroll taxes

 

$

3,817

 

 

$

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

 

3,175

 

 

 

1,203

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

Other liabilities

 

 

144

 

 

 

178

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

$

7,136

 

 

$

3,281

 

13. Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit of) income taxes consists of the following components:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

$

6,562

 

 

$

408

 

 

$

1,159

 

State taxes

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

(238

)

Foreign taxes

 

 

826

 

 

 

874

 

 

 

744

 

Total current taxes

 

 

8,614

 

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

1,665

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal taxes

 

$

(6,053

)

 

$

(3,578

)

 

$

3,752

 

State taxes

 

 

(2,068

)

 

 

(1,682

)

 

 

(428

)

Foreign taxes

 

 

(733

)

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(195

)

Total deferred taxes

 

 

(8,854

)

 

 

(5,379

)

 

 

3,129

 

Provision for (benefit of) income taxes

 

$

(240

)

 

$

(3,239

)

 

$

4,794

 

80


Table of Contents

The provision for (benefit of) income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Tax expense at United States federal statutory rate (1)

 

$

1,948

 

 

$

895

 

 

$

6,150

 

Items affecting federal income tax rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development tax credits

 

 

(3,449

)

 

 

(4,705

)

 

 

(4,647

)

Impact of foreign operations

 

 

(1,203

)

 

 

(683

)

 

 

(304

)

Impact of deferred adjustments

 

 

(251

)

 

 

159

 

 

 

132

 

Impact of audit settlements

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(61

)

 

 

967

 

Return to provision true-ups

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(1,868

)

 

 

(149

)

Impact of amended returns

 

 

(9

)

 

 

67

 

 

 

391

 

Acquisition expenses

 

 

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

(2

)

Foreign transition tax - Tax Reform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

Revaluation of deferred tax balances - Tax Reform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

231

 

Impact of uncertain tax positions

 

 

278

 

 

 

1,062

 

 

 

375

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

517

 

 

 

903

 

 

 

140

 

Impact of valuation allowance

 

 

563

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(33

)

State income taxes

 

 

572

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

1,502

 

Compensation

 

 

865

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

(169

)

Provision for (benefit of) income taxes

 

$

(240

)

 

$

(3,239

)

 

$

4,794

 

(1)

Federal statutory rate was 21.0% for March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

 

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

19,541

 

 

$

11,966

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

8,325

 

 

 

10,546

 

Research and development credit

 

 

7,706

 

 

 

9,643

 

Net operating losses

 

 

7,652

 

 

 

8,812

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

6,204

 

 

 

11,430

 

Foreign deferred taxes

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

1,574

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,819

 

 

 

1,819

 

Accrued legal settlement

 

 

905

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

54,458

 

 

 

55,790

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangibles assets

 

$

(9,451

)

 

$

(12,477

)

Prepaid expense

 

 

(9,396

)

 

 

(7,842

)

Capitalized software

 

 

(4,659

)

 

 

(9,931

)

Operating right-of-use assets

 

 

(3,003

)

 

 

(6,667

)

Accelerated depreciation

 

 

(1,339

)

 

 

(1,405

)

Other

 

 

(611

)

 

 

(145

)

Accounts receivable

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(1,251

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(28,969

)

 

 

(39,718

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(6,015

)

 

 

(5,452

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

19,474

 

 

$

10,620

 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been shown net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as noncurrent.

As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, we had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $18,748 and $24,216, respectively. The federal NOL carryforwards were inherited in connection with our acquisitions of HealthFusion in January 2016, Gennius in March 2015, Entrada in April 2017, EagleDream in August 2017, and Medfusion in December 2019. The NOL carryforwards expire in various amounts starting in fiscal 2030 for both federal and state tax purposes. As of March 31, 2021, we had state NOL carryforwards of approximately $3,715 (tax effected), related to the HealthFusion, Entrada, EagleDream, and Medfusion acquisitions state NOL tax attribute. The utilization of the federal NOL carryforwards is subject to limitations under the rules regarding changes in stock ownership as determined by the Internal Revenue Code.

As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, the research and development tax credit carryforward available to offset future federal and state taxes was $8,574 and $12,399, respectively. The federal credits include credits inherited in connection with our acquisition of Medfusion in December 2019. The credits expire in various amounts starting in fiscal 2034.

81


Table of Contents

We expect to receive the full benefit of the deferred tax assets recorded with the exception of certain state credits and NOL carryforwards for which we have recorded a valuation allowance.

Notwithstanding the U.S. taxation of the deemed repatriated foreign earnings as a result of the one-time Transition Tax, we intend to continue investing these earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S. If we determine that all or a portion of our foreign earnings are no longer to be indefinitely reinvested, we may be subject to additional foreign withholding taxes and state income taxes in the U.S. beyond the Tax Reform’s one-time Transition Tax. In the event that we distribute the foreign earnings to the U.S., we will incur and record foreign withholding related taxes and U.S. state taxes of approximately $3,400 and $600, respectively.

The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Act, 2019 was enacted on December 12, 2019 to lower corporate tax rates in India. We opted not to elect for the reduced tax rate for various factors for the year ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Uncertain tax positions

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded within other noncurrent liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet, is as follows:

Balance as of March 31, 2019

 

$

2,894

 

Additions for prior year tax positions

 

 

1,372

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

781

 

Reductions for prior year tax positions

 

 

(855

)

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

 

4,192

 

Additions for prior year tax positions

 

 

220

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

635

 

Reductions for prior year tax positions

 

 

(621

)

Balance as of March 31, 2021

 

$

4,426

 

During the year ended March 31, 2021, we recorded additional net liabilities of $234 related to various federal and state tax planning benefits recorded in the current year for current and prior year tax positions. If recognized, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit that would decrease the income tax provision is $4,426.

Our practice is to recognize interest related to income tax matters as interest expense in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income. We had approximately $88 and $174 of accrued interest related to income tax matters as of March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We recognized interest income of $85, interest income of $35, and interest expense of $19 in the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to income tax matters in the consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income. NaN penalties related to income tax matters were accrued or recognized in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years before fiscal year ended 2017. With a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to state or local income tax examinations for tax years before fiscal year ended 2016. We do not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations within the next twelve months.

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“Stimulus Bill”), signed into law on March 27, 2020 and December 27, 2020, respectively, have resulted in significant changes to the U.S. federal corporate tax law. Additionally, several state and foreign jurisdictions have enacted additional legislation and or comply with federal changes. We have considered the applicable tax law changes and recognized the impact in our income tax provision, as applicable.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

We provide a 401(k) plan to substantially all of our employees. Participating employees may defer up to the Internal Revenue Service limit per year based on the Internal Revenue Code. The annual contribution is determined by a formula set by our Board of Directors ("Board") and may include matching and/or discretionary contributions. The amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The retirement plans may be amended or discontinued at the discretion of the Board. Net contributions of $4,625, $4,658 and $5,206 were made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferral Plan”) for the benefit of those employees who qualify. Participating employees may defer up to 75% of their salary and 100% of their annual bonus for a Deferral Plan year. In addition, we may, but are not required to, make contributions into the Deferral Plan on behalf of participating employees, and the amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. Each employee's deferrals together with earnings thereon are accrued as part of our long-term liabilities. Investment decisions are made by each participating employee from a family of mutual funds. The deferred compensation liability was $6,620 and $5,300 at March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. To offset this liability, we have purchased life insurance policies on some of the participants. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies and the cash values are intended to produce cash needed to help make the benefit payments to employees when

82


Table of Contents

they retire or otherwise leave the Company. We intend to hold the life insurance policy until the death of the plan participant. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies for deferred compensation was $8,126 and $7,029 at March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The values of the life insurance policies and our related obligations are included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in long-term other assets and long-term deferred compensation, respectively. We made contributions of $79, $74 and $71 to the Deferral Plan for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

15. Share-Based Awards

Employee Stock Option and Incentive Plans

In October 2005, our shareholders approved a stock option and incentive plan (the “2005 Plan”) under which 4,800,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of awards, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units (including performance options) and other share-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides that our employees and directors may, at the discretion of the Board or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted certain share-based awards. In the case of option awards granted under the 2005 Plan, the exercise price of each option is determined based on the date of grant and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. Awards granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan are subject to the vesting schedule or performance metrics set forth in the agreements pursuant to which they are granted. Upon a change of control of our Company, as such term is defined in the 2005 Plan, awards under the 2005 Plan will fully vest under certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan expired on May 25, 2015. As of March 31, 2021, there were 142,220 outstanding options under the 2005 Plan.

In August 2015, our shareholders approved a stock option and incentive plan (the “2015 Plan”) under which 11,500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of awards, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards and other share-based awards. In August 2017, our shareholders approved an amendment to the 2015 Equity, (the “Amended 2015 Plan”), to, among other items, increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder by 6,000,000, which was further amended in August 2019 as approved by our shareholders, to, among other items, increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder by an additional 3,575,000. The Amended 2015 Plan provides that our employees and directors may, at the discretion of the Board or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted certain share-based awards. In the case of option awards granted under the Amended 2015 Plan, the exercise price of each option is determined based on the date of grant and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. Awards granted pursuant to the Amended 2015 Plan are subject to the vesting schedule or performance metrics set forth in the agreements pursuant to which they are granted. Upon a change of control of our Company, as such term is defined in the Amended 2015 Plan, awards under the Amended 2015 Plan will fully vest under certain circumstances. As of March 31, 2021, there were 2,648,864 outstanding options, 2,263,569 outstanding shares of restricted stock awards, certain outstanding performance stock unit awards as described further below, and 1,538,544 shares available for future grant under the Amended 2015 Plan.

The following table summarizes the stock option transactions during the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Price

 

 

Contractual

 

 

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

per Share

 

 

Life (years)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2018

 

 

3,670,170

 

 

$

15.51

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

$

766

 

Granted

 

 

326,130

 

 

 

16.40

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(375,645

)

 

 

15.49

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

1,589

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(451,730

)

 

 

18.00

 

 

 

4.9

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(2,400

)

 

 

28.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2019

 

 

3,166,525

 

 

$

15.36

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

$

7,040

 

Exercised

 

 

(55,325

)

 

 

15.87

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

138

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(75,450

)

 

 

23.38

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(34,400

)

 

 

43.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2020

 

 

3,001,350

 

 

$

14.83

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

$

 

Exercised

 

 

(116,916

)

 

 

16.21

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

303

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(47,350

)

 

 

18.58

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(46,000

)

 

 

29.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2021

 

 

2,791,084

 

 

$

14.47

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

10,303

 

Vested and expected to vest, March 31, 2021

 

 

2,715,933

 

 

$

14.45

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

10,075

 

Exercisable, March 31, 2021

 

 

2,331,745

 

 

$

14.33

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

$

8,910

 

83


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation expense related to stock options was $2,536, $3,826, and $3,936 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

There were 0 stock options granted during the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. During the year ended March 31, 2019, we granted total stock options of 326,130, to purchase shares of common stock under the Amended 2015 Plan at an exercise price equal to the market price of our common stock on the date of grant, as summarized below.

Option Grant Date

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Exercise

Price

 

 

Vesting

Terms (1)

 

Expiration

May 30, 2018

 

 

241,130

 

 

$

16.83

 

 

Four Years

 

June 1, 2026

August 3, 2018

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

21.27

 

 

Four Years

 

August 3, 2026

November 2, 2018

 

 

25,000

 

 

$

15.09

 

 

Four Years

 

November 2, 2026

Fiscal year 2019 grants

 

 

326,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, options vest in equal annual installments on each grant anniversary date commencing one year following the date of grant

We utilized the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of share-based compensation with the following assumptions:

Year Ended

March 31, 2019

Expected term

6.1 - 6.3 years

Expected volatility

34.6% - 36.8%

Expected dividends

0.0%

Risk-free rate

2.8% - 3.1%

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended March 31, 2019 was $7.18 per share.  

Non-vested stock option award activity during the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

per Share

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2018

 

 

2,657,005

 

 

$

5.18

 

Granted

 

 

326,130

 

 

 

7.18

 

Vested

 

 

(778,900

)

 

 

5.12

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(358,380

)

 

 

5.36

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2019

 

 

1,845,855

 

 

$

5.52

 

Vested

 

 

(745,033

)

 

 

5.29

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(9,150

)

 

 

6.42

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2020

 

 

1,091,672

 

 

$

5.67

 

Vested

 

 

(605,433

)

 

 

5.40

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

 

(26,900

)

 

 

6.80

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2021

 

 

459,339

 

 

$

5.96

 

As of March 31, 2021, $1,473 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.7 years. This amount does not include the cost of new options that may be granted in future periods or any changes in our forfeiture percentage. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $3,272, $3,940, and $3,985, respectively.

84


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards activity during the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

per Share

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2018

 

 

1,820,910

 

 

$

14.52

 

Granted

 

 

885,845

 

 

 

18.14

 

Vested

 

 

(642,695

)

 

 

14.63

 

Canceled

 

 

(348,102

)

 

 

14.79

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2019

 

 

1,715,958

 

 

$

16.29

 

Granted

 

 

1,529,831

 

 

 

16.93

 

Vested

 

 

(764,290

)

 

 

16.05

 

Canceled

 

 

(168,719

)

 

 

17.06

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2020

 

 

2,312,780

 

 

$

16.74

 

Granted

 

 

1,222,863

 

 

 

12.04

 

Vested

 

 

(1,053,792

)

 

 

16.22

 

Canceled

 

 

(218,282

)

 

 

15.30

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2021

 

 

2,263,569

 

 

$

14.58

 

Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was $16,371, $14,706, and $10,875 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

The weighted-average grant date fair value for the restricted stock awards was estimated using the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally between one to three years.

As of March 31, 2021, $23,277 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. This amount does not include the cost of new restricted stock awards that may be granted in future periods.

Performance Stock Units and Awards

On December 29, 2016, the Compensation Committee of the Board granted 123,082 performance stock awards to certain executive officers, of which 0 shares are currently outstanding. The performance stock awards vested in four equal increments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, subject in each case to the executive officer’s continued service and achievement of certain Company performance goals, including strong stock price performance. Share-based compensation expense related to the performance stock awards was $184 for the year ended March 31, 2021.

On October 23, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved 248,140 performance stock unit awards to be granted to certain executives and non-executive members of the executive leadership team, which vest only in the event certain performance goals are achieved and with continuous service through the date the goals are certified. Approximately 34% of the performance stock units are tied to our cumulative 3-year total shareholder return, 33% are tied to our fiscal year 2021 revenue, and 33% are tied to our fiscal year 2021 adjusted earnings per share goals, each as specifically defined in the equity award agreements. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 50% and 200% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the awards was $17.84 per share, which was estimated using a Monte Carlo-based valuation model for the awards based on total shareholder return and using a probability-adjusted achievement rate combined with the market price of the common stock on the date of grant for the awards based on revenue and earnings per share targets. Share-based compensation expense related to the performance stock unit awards was $458, $123 and $534 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

On December 26, 2019 and January 27, 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved a total of 279,587 performance stock unit awards to be granted to certain executives and non-executive members of the executive leadership team, which vest only in the event certain performance goals are achieved and with continuous service through the date the goals are certified. Approximately 80% of the performance stock units are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2021 revenue goal and 20% are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2022 revenue goal. Performance stock unit awards funded for fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2022 revenue performance will be modified for cumulative 3-year total shareholder return (“TSR”) on the three-year grant anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 42.5% and 172.5% of the number of performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the awards was $16.02 per share, which was estimated using a Monte Carlo-based valuation model for the awards based on total shareholder return and using a probability-adjusted achievement rate combined with the market price of the common stock on the date of grant for the awards based on revenue targets. Share-based compensation expense related to the performance stock unit awards was $ 1,455 and $309 for the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

85


Table of Contents

On October 26, 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved 408,861 performance stock unit awards to be granted to certain executives and non-executive members of the executive leadership team, which vest only in the event certain performance goals are achieved and with continuous service through the date the goals are certified.  Approximately 80% of the performance stock units are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2022 revenue goal and 20% are tied to the Company’s fiscal year 2023 revenue goal. Performance stock unit awards funded for fiscal year 2022 and fiscal year 2023 revenue performance will be modified for cumulative 3-year TSR on the three-year grant date anniversary, which is also the cliff vest date. The number of shares to be issued may vary between 8.5% and 199.5% of the number of target performance stock units depending on performance, and no such shares will be issued if threshold performance is not achieved. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the awards was $16.25 per share, which was estimated using a Monte Carlo-based valuation model for the awards based on total shareholder return and using a probability adjusted achievement rate combined with the market price of the common stock on the date of grant for the awards based on revenue targets. Share-based compensation expense related to the performance stock unit awards was $1,187 for the year ended March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, $9,896 of total estimated unrecognized compensation costs related to performance stock units and awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years. This amount does not include the cost of new performance stock units and awards that may be granted in future periods.

Employee Share Purchase Plan

On August 11, 2014, our shareholders approved an Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) under which 4,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for future grant. The Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase shares through payroll deductions of up to 15% of total base salary at a price equal to 90% of the lower of the fair market values of the shares as of the beginning or the end of the corresponding offering period. Any shares purchased under the Purchase Plan are subject to a six-month holding period. Employees are limited to purchasing no more than 1,500 shares on any single purchase date and no more than $25,000 in total fair market value of shares during any one calendar year. As of March 31, 2021, we have issued 748,828 shares under the Purchase Plan and 3,251,172 shares are available for future issuance.

Share-based compensation expense recorded for the employee share purchase plan was $519, $484, and $481 for the years ended March 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

16. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments and Guarantees

Our software license agreements include a performance guarantee that our software products will substantially operate as described in the applicable program documentation for a period of 365 days after delivery. To date, we have not incurred any significant costs associated with our performance guarantee or other related warranties and do not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties. Certain arrangements also include performance guarantees related to response time, availability for operational use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain arrangements also include penalties in the form of maintenance credits should the performance of the software fail to meet the performance guarantees. To date, we have not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and do not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties.

We historically have accepted sales returns under limited circumstances. We estimate expected sales returns and other forms of variable consideration considering our customary business practice and contract-specific facts and circumstances, and we consider such estimated potential returns as variable consideration when allocating the transaction price to the extent it is probable that there will not be a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized.

Our standard sales agreements contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which we shall indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any United States patent, any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to our software. As we have not incurred any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, we believe that our estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these indemnification obligations.

Hussein Litigation

On October 7, 2013, a complaint was filed against our Company and certain of our officers and directors in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, captioned Ahmed D. Hussein v. Sheldon Razin, Steven Plochocki, Quality Systems, Inc. and Does 1-10, inclusive, No. 30-2013-00679600-CU-NP-CJC, by Ahmed Hussein, a former director and significant shareholder of our Company. After the court sustained our demurrer to the initial complaint, Hussein filed an amended complaint on April 25, 2014. The amended complaint generally alleges fraud and deceit, constructive fraud, negligent misrepresentation and breach of fiduciary duty in connection with statements made to our shareholders regarding

86


Table of Contents

our financial condition and projected future performance. The amended complaint seeks actual damages, exemplary and punitive damages and costs. Hussein’s breach of fiduciary duty claims were dismissed on demurrer, and we filed an answer and cross-complaint against Hussein, alleging that he breached fiduciary duties owed to the Company. On September 16, 2015, the Court granted summary judgment with respect to Hussein’s remaining claims, dismissing all claims against us. The cross-complaint against Hussein went to trial, but the Court granted judgment in favor of Hussein on our cross-complaint. Final judgment over Hussein’s claims and our cross-claims was entered on January 9, 2018. Hussein appealed the order granting summary judgment over his claims, and we appealed the court’s decision granting Hussein’s motion for judgment on our cross-complaint. On October 8, 2019, the California State Court of Appeal for the Fourth Appellate District, Division Three, reversed the Superior Court’s grant of summary judgment on Hussein’s affirmative claims and affirmed the trial court’s judgement on the Company’s breach of fiduciary duty claims against Hussein. As a result, the case has returned to the trial court for resolution of Hussein’s claims against us. Previously scheduled trial dates have been postponed due to the ongoing pandemic, and a new trial date has been set for July 6, 2021.  Separately, Hussein has issued an arbitration demand seeking indemnification for the fees he incurred defending against our cross-complaint. Following briefing and a hearing at the liability phase of the arbitration, the arbitrator held that Hussein is entitled to indemnification for “Expenses” (as that term is defined in Hussein’s indemnification agreement with NextGen) incurred in defense of NextGen’s cross-complaint against him.  The arbitrator will determine the quantum of indemnifiable Expenses at a second phase of the arbitration scheduled for June 10, 2021.  At this time, we are unable to estimate the probability or the amount of liability, if any, related to this matter.

Other Regulatory Matters

Commencing in April 2017, we have received requests for documents and information from the United States Attorney's Office for the District of Vermont and other government agencies in connection with an investigation concerning the certification we obtained for our software under the United States Department of Health and Human Services' Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive Program. The requests for information relate to, among other things: (a) data used to determine objectives and measures under the Meaningful Use (MU) and the Physician Quality Reporting System (PQRS) programs, (b) EHR software code used in certifying our software and information, and (c) payments provided for the referral of EHR business. We continue to cooperate in this investigation. Requests and investigations of this nature may lead to future requests for information and ultimately the assertion of claims or the commencement of legal proceedings against us, as well as other material liabilities.  In addition, our responses to these and any future requests require time and effort, which can result in additional cost to us. At this time, we are unable to estimate the probability or the amount of liability, if any, related to this matter.  Given the highly-regulated nature of our industry, we may, from time to time, be subject to subpoenas, requests for information, or investigations from various government agencies. It is our practice to respond to such matters in a cooperative, thorough and timely manner. At this time, we are unable to estimate the probability or the amount of liability, if any, related to this matter.

17. Restructuring Plan

In May 2020, we announced a decision to execute a reduction in our workforce of less than 3% as well as other temporary cost reductions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We recorded $2,562 of restructuring costs, consisting of payroll-related costs, such as severance, outplacement costs, and continuing healthcare coverage, associated with the involuntary separation of employees pursuant to a one-time benefit arrangement, for the year ended March 31, 2021 within operating expenses in our consolidated statements of net income and comprehensive income. These amounts were accrued when it was probable that the benefits would be paid, and the amounts were reasonably estimable. The payroll-related costs were substantially paid as of March 31, 2021.

In June 2019, we implemented a business restructuring plan as part of our continued efforts to preserve and grow the value of the Company through client-focused innovations while reducing our cost structure. As part of the restructuring, we reduced our total workforce by approximately 4% primarily within the research and development function and intend to expand on our research and development resources in India. We recorded $2,505 of restructuring costs in the year ended March 31, 2020 within operating expenses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The restructuring costs consisted primarily of payroll-related costs, such as severance, outplacement costs, and continuing healthcare coverage, associated with the involuntary separation of employees pursuant to a one-time benefit arrangement. These amounts were accrued when it was probable that the benefits would be paid, and the amounts were reasonably estimable. The payroll-related costs were substantially paid as of March 31, 2020.  

During the year ended March 31, 2019, we recorded $640 of restructuring costs related to adjustments to the estimated fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated properties associated with our prior restructuring plan. The restructuring costs were comprised of facilities-related costs associated with accruals for the remaining lease obligations at certain locations, including Solana Beach, St. Louis, and a portion of Horsham with contractual lease terms ending between January 2018 and September 2023. We estimated the remaining lease obligations at fair value as of the cease-use date for each location based on the future contractual lease obligations, reduced by projected sublease rentals that could be reasonably obtained for the locations after a period of marketing, and adjusted for the effect deferred rents that have been recognized under the lease. The effect of discounting future cash flows using a credit-adjusted risk free rate was not significant. Sublease income and commencement dates were estimated based on data available from rental activity in the local markets. As of March 31, 2019, the remaining lease obligation, net of estimated projected sublease rentals, was $1,762.

87


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

Sales Return Reserve

 

(in thousands)

For the year ended

 

 

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

 

 

Additions

Charged

Against

Revenue

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance at

End of Year

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

$

4,191

 

 

$

6,595

 

 

$

(7,193

)

 

$

3,593

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

$

4,759

 

 

$

7,094

 

 

$

(7,662

)

 

$

4,191

 

March 31, 2019

 

 

 

$

5,520

 

 

$

4,969

 

 

$

(5,730

)

 

$

4,759

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

(in thousands)

For the year ended

 

 

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

 

 

Additions

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance at

End of Year

 

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

$

3,549

 

 

$

2,834

 

 

$

(2,178

)

 

$

4,205

 

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

$

6,054

 

 

$

3,367

 

 

$

(5,872

)

 

$

3,549

 

March 31, 2019

 

 

 

$

3,876

 

 

$

5,644

 

 

$

(3,466

)

 

$

6,054

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance for Deferred Taxes

 

(in thousands)

For the year ended

 

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

 

 

Additions

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses

 

 

Acquisition

Related

Additions

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance at

End of Year

 

March 31, 2021

 

$

5,452

 

 

$

877

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

(314

)

 

$

6,015

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

3,563

 

 

$

327

 

 

$

1,590

 

 

$

(28

)

 

$

5,452

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

2,893

 

 

$

708

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

(38

)

 

$

3,563

 

88